Compare commits

..

322 Commits

Author SHA1 Message Date
Owen Taylor 0d4709d429 === Released 2.3.2 ===
Thu Jan 22 18:46:05 2004  Owen Taylor  <otaylor@redhat.com>

        * === Released 2.3.2 ===
2004-01-23 00:19:07 +00:00
Owen Taylor 1b2ff84cbf Patch from Christian Neumair to make warning string more translator
Thu Jan 22 18:45:26 2004  Owen Taylor  <otaylor@redhat.com>

        * gtk/gtkicontheme.c: Patch from Christian Neumair
        to make warning string more translator friendly.

        * gtk/gtktreemodelfilter.h gtkseparatortoolitem.[ch]
        gtk/gtktoolbar.c: Parameter name fixes to keep gtk-doc
        happy.

        * configure.in: Require GLib-2.3.2, version 2.3.2,
        interface age 0, binary age 302.

        * NEWS: Organized, added some names.
2004-01-22 23:47:42 +00:00
Jonathan Blandford e2551adbd7 Doc fix.
Thu Jan 22 16:59:36 2004  Jonathan Blandford  <jrb@gnome.org>

        * gtk/gtkliststore.c (gtk_list_store_reorder): Doc fix.
2004-01-22 22:53:00 +00:00
Federico Mena Quintero 2361bd9f39 Added documentation for GtkWidget::popup_menu.
2004-01-22  Federico Mena Quintero  <federico@ximian.com>

	* gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_class_init): Added documentation for
	GtkWidget::popup_menu.
2004-01-22 21:34:16 +00:00
Matthias Clasen d49500e4b7 Remove the attach info after calling gtk_menu_do_remove(), since that
Thu Jan 22 21:45:24 2004  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gtk/gtkmenu.c (gtk_menu_remove): Remove the attach
	info after calling gtk_menu_do_remove(), since that function
	uses the attach info. Doh!

	* gtk/gtkmenu.c (gtk_menu_do_remove): Don't check priv->columns
	for being 1 directly after setting it to 0.
2004-01-22 20:45:36 +00:00
Federico Mena Quintero fa4e057e98 Point to GtkEntry as an example of a widget that uses a custom function to
2004-01-22  Federico Mena Quintero  <federico@ximian.com>

	* gtk/migrating-checklist.sgml: Point to GtkEntry as an example of
	a widget that uses a custom function to position its popup menu.
2004-01-22 20:44:38 +00:00
Soeren Sandmann 6a3e3b20d3 Updates
Thu Jan 22 21:38:52 2004  Soeren Sandmann  <sandmann@daimi.au.dk>

	* NEWS: Updates
2004-01-22 20:40:57 +00:00
Federico Mena Quintero 51116ad493 New chapter with a "Migration Checklist" of things people need to do to be
2004-01-22  Federico Mena Quintero  <federico@ximian.com>

	* gtk/migrating-checklist.sgml: New chapter with a "Migration
	Checklist" of things people need to do to be good citizens in the
	GTK+ world.  This is mainly a way to tell people about interesting
	APIs that they should use instead of hand-hacked approaches.

	* gtk/gtk-docs.sgml: Added migrating-checklist.sgml.

	* gtk/Makefile.am (content_files): Likewise.
2004-01-22 20:17:34 +00:00
Alexander Larsson 465d6e358c Fix typo
2004-01-22  Alexander Larsson  <alexl@redhat.com>

	* gdk/x11/gdkwindow-x11.c (WINDOW_IS_TOPLEVEL):
	Fix typo
2004-01-22 17:13:22 +00:00
Ole Laursen 8e4ef5edee Updated Danish translation.
2004-01-22  Ole Laursen  <olau@hardworking.dk>

	* da.po: Updated Danish translation.
2004-01-22 16:33:09 +00:00
Vincent van Adrighem 1285e984de Translation updated by Kees van den Broek.
2004-01-22  Vincent van Adrighem  <adrighem@gnome.org>

	* nl.po: Translation updated by Kees van den Broek.
2004-01-22 13:48:23 +00:00
Jonathan Blandford 7fed66df42 new introduction section.
Thu Jan 22 01:46:45 2004  Jonathan Blandford  <jrb@gnome.org>

        * gtk/tmpl/gtktreemodelsort.sgml: new introduction section.
2004-01-22 06:48:20 +00:00
Federico Mena Quintero 56913b4b3b Free the path fields.
2004-01-21  Federico Mena Quintero  <federico@ximian.com>

	* gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c (gtk_file_chooser_default_finalize):
	Free the path fields.

	* gtk/gtkfilesystemmodel.c (gtk_file_system_model_finalize): Free
	the root_path, reported by <scott@asofyet.org>
	(gtk_file_system_model_finalize): Unref the file system.

	* gtk/gtkfilefilter.c (filter_rule_free): default:
	g_assert_not_reached().
	(gtk_file_filter_finalize): Free the filter->name, reported by
	<scott@asofyet.org>
	(gtk_file_filter_finalize): Free the rules list.
2004-01-22 02:39:31 +00:00
Jonathan Blandford 9236298621 redraw the color button when an alpha is set.
Wed Jan 21 18:10:40 2004  Jonathan Blandford  <jrb@gnome.org>

        * gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c (gtk_color_button_set_color):redraw the
        color button when an alpha is set.
        (gtk_color_button_set_alpha): redraw the color button when an
        alpha is set.
2004-01-21 23:29:08 +00:00
Matthias Clasen a18431078a Fix #131869:
Wed Jan 21 23:27:14 2004  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	Fix #131869:

	* gtk/gtkaction.c (_gtk_action_emit_activate): Hold
	a reference to the group while emitting the signals.

	* gtk/gtkactiongroup.c (gtk_action_group_init): Use a
	destroy notify which does not only unref, but also resets
	the action_group property of the action.
2004-01-21 22:26:53 +00:00
Alastair McKinstry 577157a196 Updated Irish translation 2004-01-21 20:38:15 +00:00
Miloslav Trmac 5d64493159 Update Czech translation 2004-01-21 17:56:37 +00:00
Jonathan Blandford e935a08d42 Sync from upstream
Wed Jan 21 09:33:13 2004  Jonathan Blandford  <jrb@gnome.org>

        * libgnomevfs/xdgmimeglob.c:
        * libgnomevfs/xdgmimemagic.c: Sync from upstream
2004-01-21 14:33:10 +00:00
Dmitry Mastrukov 740082e29d ru.po: Updated Russian translation from Russian team <gnome-cyr@gnome.org>. 2004-01-21 13:42:37 +00:00
Artur Flinta 5b2823013e Updated Polish translation by GNOME PL Team.
2004-01-21  Artur Flinta  <aflinta@cvs.gnome.org>

	* pl.po: Updated Polish translation by GNOME PL Team.
2004-01-21 09:02:41 +00:00
Federico Mena Quintero 246ef6d2ff Added details about GtkFileChooser changes.
2004-01-20  Federico Mena Quintero  <federico@ximian.com>

	* NEWS: Added details about GtkFileChooser changes.
2004-01-20 23:17:11 +00:00
Federico Mena Quintero 3ccf6187e3 Fix #99425, add accessor functions for GtkPaned's children.
2004-01-20  Federico Mena Quintero  <federico@ximian.com>

	Fix #99425, add accessor functions for GtkPaned's children.

	* gtk/gtkpaned.c (gtk_paned_get_child1): New function.
	(gtk_paned_get_child2): New function.
2004-01-20 23:07:40 +00:00
Federico Mena Quintero eafbfd6367 Added gtk_paned_get_child[12].
2004-01-20  Federico Mena Quintero  <federico@ximian.com>

	* gtk/gtk-sections.txt: Added gtk_paned_get_child[12].
2004-01-20 23:04:13 +00:00
Matthias Clasen 7c6dc86b40 Start of 2.3.2 section.
Tue Jan 20 23:49:52 2004  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* NEWS: Start of 2.3.2 section.
2004-01-20 22:49:36 +00:00
cinamod 30e463b6b4 remove UXTHEME_HAS_LINES, fix menu coloration 2004-01-20 21:46:59 +00:00
Matthias Clasen d7bfabebdb Fixes for #130370, based on a patch by Michael Meeks:
Tue Jan 20 22:11:31 2004  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	Fixes for #130370, based on a patch by Michael Meeks:

	* gtk/gtkmenu.c (gtk_menu_do_remove): New auxiliary function to
	adjust cell positions and recalculate row and column counts after
	removing an item.

	* gtk/gtkmenu.c (gtk_menu_remove): Call gtk_menu_do_remove.

	* gtk/gtkmenu.c (gtk_menu_do_insert): Don't leave empty rows when
	appending items.

	* gtk/gtkmenu.c (gtk_menu_attach): Don't call gtk_menu_shell_append,
	to avoid an unintended recursion.
2004-01-20 21:11:30 +00:00
Matthias Clasen 1c28c446fc Forgotten log entry. 2004-01-20 21:03:49 +00:00
Jonathan Blandford a99fb2ea6c resync with upstream sources.
Tue Jan 20 13:07:04 2004  Jonathan Blandford  <jrb@gnome.org>

        * xdgmime.c: resync with upstream sources.
2004-01-20 18:07:07 +00:00
Jody Goldberg 245308c38c add stock indent, unindent I would have prefered outdent, but
2004-01-05  Jody Goldberg <jody@gnome.org>

	* gtk/gtkiconfactory.c (get_default_icons) : add stock indent, unindent
	  I would have prefered outdent, but compatibility seems more
	  important.
	* gtk/gtkstock.c (builtin_items) : ditto.
	* gtk/gtkstock.h : ditto.
	* gtk/stock-icons/Makefile.am : ditto.
	* gtk/stock-icons/stock_text_indent_16.png :
	* gtk/stock-icons/stock_text_indent_24.png :
	* gtk/stock-icons/stock_text_unindent_16.png :
	* gtk/stock-icons/stock_text_unindent_24.png : from gnome-icon-theme

2003-12-18  Jody Goldberg <jody@gnome.org>

	* gtk/gtkicontheme.c (gtk_icon_theme_lookup_icon)) : Add a sanity test
	  to ensure that the base hicolor theme is installed.  Silently
	  failing to produce icons that apps assume exist in the theme seems
	  like a bad idea.
2004-01-20 16:32:54 +00:00
Dmitry Mastrukov 28e71dcba6 ru.po: Updated Russian translation from Russian team <gnome-cyr@gnome.org>. 2004-01-20 15:45:36 +00:00
Changwoo Ryu 5da30b932a Updated Korean translation.
* ko.po: Updated Korean translation.
2004-01-20 15:02:22 +00:00
Federico Mena Quintero 45e6ab2d84 Fix #131418.
2004-01-19  Federico Mena Quintero  <federico@ximian.com>

	Fix #131418.

	* gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c (set_select_multiple): New helper
	function.
	(gtk_file_chooser_default_set_property): Use
	set_select_multiple().  Also, re-set this mode to single if the
	file chooser is set to Save mode.
	(entry_activate): Handle the case where the entry is completely
	empty *and* its current folder does exist.  Also, there is need to
	test for select_multiple here now that we ensure that it won't
	happen during Save mode.
2004-01-20 02:44:58 +00:00
Kjartan Maraas 3799ae9520 Updated Norwegian translation.
2004-01-19  Kjartan Maraas  <kmaraas@gnome.org>

	* no.po: Updated Norwegian translation.
2004-01-19 19:38:28 +00:00
Christian Neumair a788d63fcb Updated German translation. 2004-01-19 17:12:57 +00:00
Hasbullah Bin Pit 3cc5990de1 Updated Malay translation.
2004-01-19  Hasbullah Bin Pit <sebol@my-penguin.org>

        * ms.po: Updated Malay translation.
2004-01-19 17:02:52 +00:00
Artur Flinta 96bca134a8 Updated Polish translation by GNOME PL Team.
2004-01-19  Artur Flinta  <aflinta@cvs.gnome.org>

	* pl.po: Updated Polish translation by GNOME PL Team.
2004-01-19 14:56:08 +00:00
Hasbullah Bin Pit 2cc184d3ea hello world 2004-01-19 14:40:29 +00:00
Hasbullah Bin Pit c90a510f1d Updated Malay translation.
2004-01-19  Hasbullah Bin Pit <sebol@my-penguin.org>

        * ms.po: Updated Malay translation.
2004-01-19 14:36:59 +00:00
Danilo Šegan f2a3138689 Added XGETTEXT_KEYWORDS. 2004-01-19 13:14:08 +00:00
Laurent Dhima da3bdc7e30 Updated Albanian translation
* sq.po: Updated Albanian translation
2004-01-19 11:18:08 +00:00
Laurent Dhima e60e55a7cc Updated 2004-01-19 11:16:15 +00:00
Artur Flinta a0bb56cc0e Updated Polish translation by GNOME PL Team.
2004-01-19  Artur Flinta  <aflinta@cvs.gnome.org>

	* pl.po: Updated Polish translation by GNOME PL Team.
2004-01-19 08:56:51 +00:00
Laurent Dhima b44527f46d Reverted Albanian file
* sq.po: Reverted Albanian file
2004-01-19 08:32:25 +00:00
Laurent Dhima 0a6b898e6f Reverted 2004-01-19 08:29:22 +00:00
Pablo Saratxaga 871ad9dbdf updated Walloon file 2004-01-19 02:22:30 +00:00
Pablo Saratxaga adea130c7f updated Walloon file 2004-01-19 02:05:51 +00:00
Laurent Dhima e715544211 Updated Albanian translation
* sq.po: Updated Albanian translation
2004-01-19 00:13:24 +00:00
Laurent Dhima 0c8febff1f Updated 2004-01-18 23:53:01 +00:00
Alastair McKinstry 97f2287860 Update Irish translation 2004-01-18 22:07:01 +00:00
Christian Rose 7df273d8c8 Updated Swedish translation.
2004-01-18  Christian Rose  <menthos@menthos.com>

	* sv.po: Updated Swedish translation.
2004-01-18 14:50:43 +00:00
Soeren Sandmann 8578431f1b Add _gtk_toolbar_paint_space_line(), _gtk_toolbar_get_default_space_size
Sun Jan 18 15:25:39 2004  Soeren Sandmann  <sandmann@daimi.au.dk>

	* gtk/gtktoolbar.[ch]: Add _gtk_toolbar_paint_space_line(),
	_gtk_toolbar_get_default_space_size ();

	* gtk/gtkseparatortoolitem.c (gtk_separator_tool_item_expose,
	get_space_size): Use them here.
2004-01-18 14:31:00 +00:00
Soeren Sandmann accc299dfa Set a small size request and make the window resizable, to test
Sun Jan 18 13:16:34 2004  Soeren Sandmann  <sandmann@daimi.au.dk>

	* tests/testgtk.c (create_toolbar): Set a small size request and
	make the window resizable, to test mapping/unmapping of buttons.

	* gtk/gtktoolbar.c (gtk_toolbar_remove_content,
	gtk_toolbar_insert_tool_item): remove these functions.

	* gtk/gtktoolbar.c (gtk_toolbar_show_all,
	toolbar_content_show_all, gtk_toolbar_hide_all,
	toolbar_content_hide_all): New functions.

	Ignore show_all/hide_all for buttons created in compatibility mode.

	* gtk/gtktoolbar.c (internal_insert_element, gtk_toolbar_show_all,
	gtk_toolbar_hide_all): Make sure buttons are ignored by
	gtk_toolbar_show_all() and gtk_toolbar_hide_all().

	* gtk/gtktoolbar.c: s/regular_widget/compatibility/g

	* gtk/gtktoolbar.c (struct _ToolbarContent): Allocate
	GtkToolbarChild inline. Get rid of GtkToolbarChildSpace.

	* gtk/gtktoolbar.c (toolbar_content_expose): Fix bug where widget
	could become NULL.

	* gtk/gtktoolbar.c (gtk_toolbar_add): Append new tool items
	instead of prepending them.

	* gtk/gtktoolbar.c (gtk_toolbar_size_allocate): Use the same
	'elapsed' for all items.

	* gtk/gtktoolbar.c (struct _GtkToolbarPrivate): Turn booleans
	into bitfields.

	* gtk/gtktoolbar.c: Many formatting fixes
2004-01-18 12:28:38 +00:00
Danilo Šegan 1da6d9425e Updated Serbian translation. 2004-01-18 11:44:37 +00:00
Christophe Merlet 031bcbc452 Updated French translation. 2004-01-18 10:28:02 +00:00
Matthias Clasen 75f9a9cee8 Add the necessary magic to create po-properties/Makefile.
Sun Jan 18 01:51:12 2004  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* configure.in: Add the necessary magic to create
	po-properties/Makefile.

Sun Jan 18 01:52:04 2004  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* Makefile.in.in (subdir): Define appropriately.
2004-01-18 00:50:15 +00:00
Matthias Clasen 5fbd0d1aaf Added Afrikaans translation. 2004-01-17 22:39:33 +00:00
Matthias Clasen fb6bf703d1 splitting the gtk20 translation domain. 2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
Matthias Clasen f7be7085b4 Split the gtk translations into the domains gtk20 and gtk20-properties. 2004-01-17 22:15:58 +00:00
Soeren Sandmann a28128d855 Fix rest of #128678: Implement all the toolbar_content() methods for the
Sat Jan 17 22:00:07 2004  Soeren Sandmann  <sandmann@daimi.au.dk>

	* gtk/gtktoolbar.c:

	Fix rest of #128678: Implement all the toolbar_content()
	methods for the old API case.
2004-01-17 21:03:31 +00:00
Soeren Sandmann 540fa75f90 Phase 1 of fixing #128678: Only access ToolbarContent through a set of new
Sat Jan 17 16:53:08 2004  Soeren Sandmann  <sandmann@daimi.au.dk>

	* gtk/gtktoolbar.c:

	Phase 1 of fixing #128678: Only access ToolbarContent through a
	set of new functions:

	toolbar_content_expose, toolbar_content_visible,
	toolbar_content_size_request, toolbar_content_is_homogeneous,
	toolbar_content_get_child_requisition,
	toolbar_content_is_placeholder, toolbar_content_disappearing,
	toolbar_content_get_state, toolbar_content_child_visible,
	toolbar_content_get_goal_allocation,
	toolbar_content_get_allocation,
	toolbar_content_set_start_allocation,
	toolbar_content_get_start_allocation, toolbar_content_get_expand,
	toolbar_content_set_goal_allocation,
	toolbar_content_set_child_visible, toolbar_content_size_allocate,
	toolbar_content_set_state, toolbar_content_get_widget,
	toolbar_content_set_disappearing,
	toolbar_content_set_size_request,
	toolbar_content_toolbar_reconfigured,
	toolbar_content_retrieve_menu_item,
	toolbar_content_new_tool_item, toolbar_content_destroy,
	toolbar_content_is_separator

	Also fix #127092.
2004-01-17 16:58:17 +00:00
Pablo Saratxaga fe27e9d94a updated Walloon file; added Britton file 2004-01-17 16:22:09 +00:00
Pablo Saratxaga 5b1cacaadb Added Britton (br) to ALL_LINGUAS 2004-01-17 16:16:27 +00:00
Kjartan Maraas 871ada6fed Updated Norwegian translation.
2004-01-17  Kjartan Maraas  <kmaraas@gnome.org>

	* no.po: Updated Norwegian translation.
2004-01-17 15:21:03 +00:00
Soeren Sandmann 1daf55ae26 don't leak the menu item ID.
Sat Jan 17 12:55:13 2004  Soeren Sandmann  <sandmann@daimi.au.dk>

	* gtk/gtktoolitem.c (gtk_tool_item_finalize): don't leak the menu
	item ID.
2004-01-17 11:58:24 +00:00
Soeren Sandmann 43b44fff94 Don't leak the overflow menu.
Sat Jan 17 12:37:46 2004  Soeren Sandmann  <sandmann@daimi.au.dk>

	* gtk/gtktoolbar.c (gtk_toolbar_finalize): Don't leak the
	overflow menu.

	* gtk/gtktoolbar.h (struct _GtkToolbar): Make some fields public.
	[#127726]
2004-01-17 11:51:28 +00:00
Christophe Merlet 49a0e79dd6 Updated French translation. 2004-01-17 10:55:20 +00:00
Federico Mena Quintero 02cb455471 Added a has_editable field. (_gtk_file_system_model_add_editable): New
2004-01-16  Federico Mena Quintero  <federico@ximian.com>

	* gtk/gtkfilesystemmodel.c (struct _GtkFileSystemModel): Added a
	has_editable field.
	(_gtk_file_system_model_add_editable): New function.
	(_gtk_file_system_model_remove_editable): New function.
	(gtk_file_system_model_get_value): Return appropriate values for
	the temporary editable row.
	(_gtk_file_system_model_get_info): Handle the editable row.
	(_gtk_file_system_model_get_path): Likewise.

	* gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c (shortcuts_append_bookmarks):
	Removed an unused variable.
	(toolbar_button_new): Optionally show the button.
	(up_button_clicked_cb): Renamed from up_button_cb(), fixed prototype.
	(toolbar_create): Add a "New Folder" button for Save mode.
	(error_building_filename_dialog): New helper function.
	(gtk_file_chooser_default_get_paths): Use error_building_filename_dialog().
	(create_file_list): Connect to the "edited" signal of the text
	cell renderer.  Store the name column and text renderer in the
	impl structure.
	(renderer_edited_cb): New callback.
	(gtk_file_chooser_default_set_property): Show/hide the "New
	folder" button when the save action changes.
	(COMPARE_DIRECTORIES): Allow the info values to be NULL.
	(COMPARE_DIRECTORIES): Duh, use the list_model, not the
	tree_model.
	(get_list_file_info): Likewise!
	(list_icon_data_func): Handle the path being NULL.
	(new_folder_button_clicked): New callback.
	(list_name_data_func): If we are on the editable row, set the text
	to "Type name of new folder".
	(list_selection_changed): Handle the editable row.
	(list_mtime_data_func): Likewise.

	* gtk/gtkfilesystemunix.c (gtk_file_system_unix_make_path): Return
	NULL, not FALSE.
	(gtk_file_system_unix_create_folder): Test the result of mkdir() correctly.
2004-01-17 04:34:49 +00:00
Matthias Clasen 07d4d314b6 The first part of the fix for #114351 (see also gdk-pixbuf/ChangeLog and
Fri Jan 16 23:59:01 2004  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	The first part of the fix for #114351 (see also
	gdk-pixbuf/ChangeLog and po/ChangeLog):

	* gtk/gtkintl.h:
	* gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf-i18n.h:
	* gdk/gdkintl.h: Define P_() for property blurbs and nicks.

	* gdk/gdkdisplaymanager.c:
	* gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:
	* modules/input/gtkimcontextxim.c:
	* gtk/*.c:  Mark property blurbs and nicks with P_().

	* po/Makefile.in.in: Add --keyword=P_ to the xgettext
	invocation, since property blurbs and nicks are
	now marked with P_().
2004-01-16 23:10:05 +00:00
Federico Mena Quintero fb526d239a Fix #130969.
2004-01-16  Federico Mena Quintero  <federico@ximian.com>

	Fix #130969.

	* gtk/gtkcellrenderer.h (struct _GtkCellRendererClass): Added an
	editing_canceled signal.

	* gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c (gtk_cell_renderer_class_init): Create the
	"editing-canceled" signal.
	(gtk_cell_renderer_editing_canceled): New function.

	* gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c (gtk_cell_renderer_text_editing_done):
	Call gtk_cell_renderer_editing_canceled().
2004-01-16 19:18:28 +00:00
Federico Mena Quintero c6860c111b Do not allow setting select_multiple when in Save mode. (set_list_model):
2004-01-16  Federico Mena Quintero  <federico@ximian.com>

	* gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c
	(gtk_file_chooser_default_set_property): Do not allow setting
	select_multiple when in Save mode.
	(set_list_model): No need to nullify the list_model and
	sort_model.
	(gtk_file_chooser_default_get_paths): Handle folder mode as well.
	(get_paths_foreach): Likewise.

	* gtk/gtkfilechooser.c (gtk_file_chooser_get_filename): Clarify
	documentation about folder mode.
	(gtk_file_chooser_get_uri): Likewise.
2004-01-16 05:12:21 +00:00
Federico Mena Quintero f2f12b9aae New get_volume_for_path() method. (struct _GtkFileSystemIface): Finally
2004-01-16  Federico Mena Quintero  <federico@ximian.com>

	* gtk/gtkfilesystem.h (struct _GtkFileSystemIface): New
	get_volume_for_path() method.
	(struct _GtkFileSystemIface): Finally removed the list_roots() and
	get_root_info() methods, and the "roots-changed" signal.

	* gtk/gtkfilesystem.c (gtk_file_system_get_volume_for_path): New
	function.
	(gtk_file_system_list_roots): Removed.
	(gtk_file_system_get_root_info): Removed.

	* gtk/gtkfilesystemunix.c
	(gtk_file_system_unix_get_volume_for_path): Implement.
	(get_root_volume): New helper function.
	(gtk_file_system_unix_list_volumes): Use get_root_volume().
	(gtk_file_system_unix_list_roots): Removed.
	(gtk_file_system_unix_get_root_info): Removed.

	* gtk/gtkfilesystemmodel.c (_gtk_file_system_model_new): Don't
	accept a NULL root_path.
	(struct _GtkFileSystemModel): Add a field to remember the
	root_path.
	(_gtk_file_system_model_new): Store the root_path in the model
	structure.
	(find_and_ref_path): Stop going up the hierarchy at the root_path
	of the model.  Also, don't return prematurely when walking up the
	hierarchy.

	* gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c (create_file_list): Sigh, restore
	the rules_hint.
	(struct _GtkFileChooserDefault): Added a current_volume_path field.
	(set_tree_model): New function; create the folder tree model here.
	(create_folder_tree): Don't create the model here.
	(set_list_model): Set the show_hidden flag on the list model.
2004-01-16 03:35:33 +00:00
Laurent Dhima c13c0a01d8 Updated Albanian translation
* sq.po: Updated Albanian translation
2004-01-16 01:32:16 +00:00
Laurent Dhima a06296a1d4 Updated 2004-01-16 01:30:40 +00:00
Matthias Clasen ccdf56088b Return the index of the newly inserted page. (#130986, Olexiy Avramchenko)
Fri Jan 16 00:04:43 2004  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gtk/gtknotebook.h:
	* gtk/gtknotebook.c (gtk_notebook_append_page):
	* gtk/gtknotebook.c (gtk_notebook_append_page_menu):
	* gtk/gtknotebook.c (gtk_notebook_prepend_page):
	* gtk/gtknotebook.c (gtk_notebook_prepend_page_menu):
	* gtk/gtknotebook.c (gtk_notebook_insert_page):
	* gtk/gtknotebook.c (gtk_notebook_insert_page_menu): Return the
	index of the newly inserted page.  (#130986, Olexiy Avramchenko)
2004-01-15 23:04:43 +00:00
Matthias Clasen 207b590ce9 Move the old chapters about 1.2 and 2.0 changes to Federicos new
Thu Jan 15 23:54:46 2004  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gtk/gtk-docs.sgml: Move the old chapters about 1.2 and 2.0
	changes to Federicos new 'migrating' part.
2004-01-15 22:54:18 +00:00
Matthias Clasen 36d79ded77 Inserting a 'newly-allocated' to hint that the list should be freed after
Thu Jan 15 23:17:14 2004  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gtk/gtkuimanager.c (gtk_ui_manager_get_toplevels): Inserting
	a 'newly-allocated' to hint that the list should be freed after
	use.
2004-01-15 22:15:39 +00:00
Vincent van Adrighem 99e00e044d Translation updated by Tino Meinen.
2004-01-15  Vincent van Adrighem  <adrighem@gnome.org>

	* nl.po: Translation updated by Tino Meinen.
2004-01-15 12:49:25 +00:00
Miloslav Trmac 1c47c4b1a0 Update Czech translation 2004-01-15 12:20:30 +00:00
Jonathan Blandford 40bd0ccb17 move grab_focus to after handling the button presses in the TreeView to
Wed Jan 14 18:01:52 2004  Jonathan Blandford  <jrb@gnome.org>

        * gtk/gtktreeview.c (gtk_tree_view_button_press): move grab_focus
        to after handling the button presses in the TreeView to avoid
        getting multiple selection_changes()
2004-01-15 00:12:23 +00:00
Danilo Šegan 6bf0f14b9c Updated Serbian translation. 2004-01-14 23:39:01 +00:00
Christian Neumair b1d2b5ffb2 /tmp/cvs2BtS1V 2004-01-14 21:24:09 +00:00
Alastair McKinstry a933d7e0a3 Update Irish translations 2004-01-14 21:09:53 +00:00
Matthias Clasen 7c57c63bff Documentation fix. (#131335, Theppitak Karoonboonyanan)
Wed Jan 14 21:16:20 2004  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gtk/gtkimcontext.c: Documentation fix.  (#131335, Theppitak
	Karoonboonyanan)
2004-01-14 20:14:30 +00:00
Matthias Clasen 6aa252e720 Don't leak name and stock_id. (#131358, Morten Welinder)
Wed Jan 14 21:00:49 2004  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gtk/gtkactiongroup.c (gtk_action_group_add_action_with_accel):
	Don't leak name and stock_id.  (#131358, Morten Welinder)
2004-01-14 20:10:27 +00:00
Francisco Javier F. Serrador f759192184 Updated Spanish translation.
2004-01-14  Francisco Javier F. Serrador  <serrador@cvs.gnome.org>

	* es.po: Updated Spanish translation.
2004-01-14 16:59:52 +00:00
GMT 2004 Tony Gale 051d7caf9f Updates to Section 5
Wed Jan 14 13:07:30 GMT 2004  Tony Gale <gale@gtk.org>

        * docs/faq/gtk-faq.sgml: Updates to Section 5
2004-01-14 13:08:55 +00:00
Matthias Clasen ecb75e12b5 Add a writable group property to align with the GtkRadioButton API.
Wed Jan 14 02:34:57 2004  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gtk/gtkradioaction.c: Add a writable group property to align
	with the GtkRadioButton API.  (#129166, Olivier Andrieu)
2004-01-14 01:33:53 +00:00
Kjartan Maraas f85e40e322 Updated Norwegian translation.
2004-01-13  Kjartan Maraas  <kmaraas@gnome.org>

	* no.po: Updated Norwegian translation.
2004-01-13 21:13:05 +00:00
Vincent van Adrighem e631a23905 Translation updated by Kees van den Broek.
2004-01-13  Vincent van Adrighem  <adrighem@gnome.org>

	* nl.po: Translation updated by Kees van den Broek.
2004-01-13 15:57:23 +00:00
GMT 2004 Tony Gale d5571613e2 Update info on using autoconf
Tue Jan 13 14:48:27 GMT 2004  Tony Gale <gale@gtk.org>

        * docs/faq/gtk-faq.sgml: Update info on using autoconf
2004-01-13 14:50:35 +00:00
Miloslav Trmac 194c808194 Update Czech translation 2004-01-13 14:06:30 +00:00
Danilo Šegan 4a9b25659e Updated Serbian translation. 2004-01-13 09:01:43 +00:00
Jody Goldberg c73ab06ef5 Adjust to the new connect_proxy signals.
Mon Jan 12 23:40:34 2004  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* tests/testmerge.c: Adjust to the new connect_proxy signals.

	* gtk/gtkuimanager.c
	* gtk/gtkactiongroup.c
	* gtk/gtkaction.c: Move the connect_proxy and disconnect_proxy signals
	from GtkAction to GtkActionGroup and proxy it on GtkUIManager. This
	removes the confusion between the disconnect_/connect_proxy signals
	and the (unrelated) virtual functions of the same name and aligns
	the setup with the pre_/post_activate signals.

2004-01-12  Jody Goldberg <jody@gnome.org>

	* gtk/gtkaction.c (connect_proxy) : only connect activate for menus
	  with no submenus otherwise it looks like we activate every time a
	  submenu opens.

2004-01-10  Jody Goldberg <jody@gnome.org>

	* gtk/gtkuimanager.c (d) : Add a debug macro to quiet the spew.
	s/merge_signals/ui_manager_signals/ for readability.
	(gtk_ui_manager_class_init) : add pre_activate and post_activate
	  signals.
	(cb_proxy_pre_activate) : new.
	(cb_proxy_post_activate) : new.
	(gtk_ui_manager_insert_action_group) : connect the proxies for
	  GtkActionGroup::pre/post_activate
	(gtk_ui_manager_remove_action_group) : disconnect them.

	* gtk/gtkactiongroup.c (gtk_action_group_class_init) : add
	  'sensitive', and 'visible' properties.  Also add pre_activate and
	  post_activate signals to help deal with activations at a higher
	  level (eg GtkUIManager)
	(gtk_action_group_init) : init sensitive and visible
	(gtk_action_group_set_property) : add sensitive and visible
	(gtk_action_group_get_property) : add sensitive and visible
	(gtk_action_group_get_sensitive) : new.
	(gtk_action_group_get_visible) : new.
	(cb_set_action_sensitivity) : new with minor optimization that only
	  signals sensitivity changes if the action could possibly change.
	(cb_set_action_visiblility) : ditto.
	(gtk_action_group_set_sensitive) : new.  walk the actions directly
	  rather than using notify::sensitive because that is simpler, easier
	  to read, and more efficient.
	(gtk_action_group_set_visible) : ditto.
	(gtk_action_group_add_action) : Each action can only be in 1 group,
	  set GtkAction::action_group.
	(gtk_action_group_remove_action) : clear it.
	(gtk_action_group_add_toggle_actions_full) : warning suppression.
	(gtk_action_group_add_radio_actions_full) : warning suppression.
	(_gtk_action_group_emit_pre_activate) : new protected routine for use
	  by GtkAction.
	(_gtk_action_group_emit_post_activate) : ditto.

	* gtk/gtkaction.c (gtk_action_class_init) : add 'action_group' property.
	(gtk_action_init) : initialize it.
	(gtk_action_get_property) : get.
	(gtk_action_set_property) : set it via
	(gtk_action_set_action_group) : new function.
	(gtk_action_sync_sensitivity) : new routine to sync proxy sensitivity
	  with the logical sensitivity (action & group) rather than the simple
	  action::sensitivity.
	(gtk_action_sync_visible) : use gtk_action_is_visible to handle
	  logical visibility (action & group) rather than the simple
	  action::visible.  Use widget show/hide directly.
	(connect_proxy) : handle the custom sensitivity handler.
	  Make the TOOL_BUTTON signals more general and support TOOL_ITEM
	  directly, with special cases for TOOL_BUTTON.  Still not especially
	  good it might be useful to handle label/use_underline by parmspec
	  lookup.  Those are likely to be implemented by custom types, and are
	  assumed to exist in GtkToolItem.
	(disconnect_proxy) : disconnect the new sensitivity handler.
	(_gtk_action_emit_activate) : add pre/post signals.
	(gtk_action_activate) : use logical sensitivity.
	(gtk_action_is_sensitive) : logical sensitivity.
	(gtk_action_get_sensitive) : actual sensitivity.
	(closure_accel_activate) : use logical sensitivity.
2004-01-12 22:45:45 +00:00
Matthias Clasen 93bc689cb0 Remove accidentially committed debug spew.
Mon Jan 12 00:10:20 2004  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gtk/gtkuimanager.c: Remove accidentially committed debug spew.
2004-01-11 23:08:13 +00:00
Duarte Loreto 748b249e51 Updated Portuguese translation.
2004-01-11  Duarte Loreto <happyguy_pt@hotmail.com>

	* pt.po: Updated Portuguese translation.
2004-01-11 01:35:51 +00:00
Matthias Clasen 130c18a1ea Remove accidentally committed notification stuff.
Sun Jan 11 01:55:07 2004  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gtk/gtkaccelmap.c: Remove accidentally committed notification stuff.
	(gtk_accel_map_lock_path):
	(gtk_accel_map_unlock_path): Path locking can now be nested, a missing
	entry is silently created during lock_path(), and treated as an error
	during unlock_path(). These changes have been requested by Tim Janik.
2004-01-11 01:05:42 +00:00
Kjartan Maraas c458d15779 Updated Norwegian translation.
2004-01-10  Kjartan Maraas  <kmaraas@gnome.org>

	* no.po: Updated Norwegian translation.

2004-01-10  Danilo Šegan  <dsegan@gmx.net>
2004-01-10 14:12:07 +00:00
Danilo Šegan dc236f4d5e Updated Serbian translation. 2004-01-09 23:14:36 +00:00
Arafat Medini 88ac99bda9 2004.01.09 Arafat Medini <lumina@silverpen.de>
2004.01.09  Arafat Medini <lumina@silverpen.de>

        * ar.po: Updated Arabic translation
2004-01-09 21:43:59 +00:00
Matthias Clasen e57f989137 Introduce a new parser state for accelerator elements to avoid misparsing
Fri Jan  9 22:23:45 2004  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gtk/gtkuimanager.c: Introduce a new parser state for
	accelerator elements to avoid misparsing files containing
	such elements.  (#131035, Morten Welinder)
2004-01-09 21:22:38 +00:00
Vincent van Adrighem ca4961cf20 Translation updated by Tino Meinen.
2004-01-09  Vincent van Adrighem  <adrighem@gnome.org>

	* nl.po: Translation updated by Tino Meinen.
2004-01-09 21:01:52 +00:00
Manish Singh 064160009a #include <unistd.h> for unlink()
Fri Jan  9 11:58:47 2004  Manish Singh  <yosh@gimp.org>

        * gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf-io.c: #include <unistd.h> for unlink()
2004-01-09 20:00:14 +00:00
Miloslav Trmac 0375665909 Update Czech translation 2004-01-09 17:44:11 +00:00
GMT 2004 Tony Gale 44a8cb6972 update GtkEntry filter code example
Fri Jan  9 15:28:21 GMT 2004  Tony Gale <gale@gtk.org>

        * docs/faq/gtk-faq.sgml: update GtkEntry filter code example
2004-01-09 15:29:38 +00:00
Sanlig Badral 5c9dfb7bc3 Updated Mongolian translation. 2004-01-09 00:47:55 +00:00
Matthias Clasen f2bb20cc15 New function to obtain a list of toplevel widgets constructed by the ui
Fri Jan  9 00:34:57 2004  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gtk/gtkuimanager.h:
	* gtk/gtkuimanager.c (gtk_ui_manager_get_toplevels): New function to
	obtain a list of toplevel widgets constructed by the ui manager.

	* gtk/gtkuimanager.h (GtkUIManagerItemType): Change to flags, so that
	the values can be combined for gtk_ui_manager_get_toplevels().

	* tests/testmerge.c: Add a "Dump toplevels" button to test
	gtk_ui_manager_get_toplevels().
2004-01-08 23:37:34 +00:00
Matthias Clasen ecceb20a8b Don't use bitwise operators on booleans. (#130923, reported by Telsa
Thu Jan  8 22:01:14 2004  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* queryloaders.c (loader_sanity_check): Don't use bitwise operators
	on booleans.  (#130923, reported by Telsa Gwynne, fix by Dave Jones)
2004-01-08 21:01:21 +00:00
Changwoo Ryu bc494c71f5 Updated Korean translation.
* ko.po: Updated Korean translation.
2004-01-08 15:13:53 +00:00
Dafydd Harries 02298e23e7 Fix a couple of small mistakes in previous commit. 2004-01-08 07:25:46 +00:00
Dafydd Harries 01b4da63fb Welsh translation update by Rhys Jones <rhys@sucs.org> and myself. 2004-01-08 07:22:46 +00:00
Matthias Clasen 512b53765f Fix link in deprecation note.
Thu Jan  8 00:14:02 2004  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gtk/tmpl/gtkmain.sgml (gtk_input_add_full): Fix link in deprecation
	note.
2004-01-07 23:12:32 +00:00
Matthias Clasen 5c919e50d3 Add entry_completion.c
Wed Jan  7 23:20:06 2004  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* demos/gtk-demo/Makefile.am (demos): Add entry_completion.c

	* demos/gtk-demo/entry_completion.c: New demo for GtkEntryCompletion
	by Anders Carlsson  (#130464).
2004-01-07 22:19:51 +00:00
Matthias Clasen bdc6765be7 Change the return value from gint to gboolean. (#130718, reported by
Wed Jan  7 23:07:28 2004  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gtk/gtkmain.h:
	* gtk/gtkmain.c (gtk_events_pending): Change the return value from
	gint to gboolean.  (#130718, reported by Johannes Weißl)
2004-01-07 22:06:07 +00:00
Matthias Clasen bc3d9ffadf Remove the redundant name and stock_id parameters, adjust all callers.
Wed Jan  7 23:03:32 2004  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gtk/gtkactiongroup.h:
	* gtk/gtkactiongroup.c (gtk_action_group_add_action_with_accel):
	Remove the redundant name and stock_id parameters, adjust all callers.
2004-01-07 22:02:02 +00:00
Matthias Clasen a11e45a1eb Add creation functions for actions.
Wed Jan  7 22:20:20 2004  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gtk/gtkaction.h:
	* gtk/gtkaction.c (gtk_action_new):
	* gtk/gtktoggleaction.h:
	* gtk/gtktoggleaction.c (gtk_toggle_action_new):
	* gtk/gtkradioaction.h:
	* gtk/gtkradioaction.c (gtk_radio_action_new): Add creation
	functions for actions.

	* gtk/gtkactiongroup.c (gtk_action_group_add_actions_full):
	(gtk_action_group_add_toggle_actions_full):
	(gtk_action_group_add_radio_actions_full): and use the
	new functions here.  (#125322, Patch by Jeff Frank)
2004-01-07 21:54:33 +00:00
Vincent van Adrighem 8f5b438e6b Translation updated by Tino Meinen.
2004-01-07  Vincent van Adrighem  <adrighem@gnome.org>

	* nl.po: Translation updated by Tino Meinen.
2004-01-07 21:29:03 +00:00
Matthias Clasen 6d665c3a2d Fix a bug reference. 2004-01-07 20:54:44 +00:00
Matthias Clasen c22143c9e0 Fix grammar of docs.
Wed Jan  7 21:42:49 2004  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gtk/gtkaccelmap.c (gtk_accel_map_lock_path): Fix grammar of
	docs.
2004-01-07 20:44:07 +00:00
Jan Arne Petersen 77cbf47adf add REMOVABLE column to the shortcuts_model.
2004-01-07  Jan Arne Petersen  <jpetersen@uni-bonn.de>

        * gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c: (shortcuts_insert_path),
        (shortcuts_append_home), (shortcuts_append_desktop),
        (shortcuts_append_paths), (shortcuts_add_volumes),
        (shortcuts_append_bookmarks), (create_shortcuts_model),
        (gtk_file_chooser_default_add_shortcut_folder): add REMOVABLE column
        to the shortcuts_model.

        (remove_bookmark_button_clicked_cb),
        (bookmarks_check_remove_sensitivity): use REMOVABLE column to check if
        bookmarks can be removed. Fixes #129873
2004-01-07 17:07:18 +00:00
Federico Mena Quintero 17ddd27423 Markup fixes - Federico 2004-01-07 03:34:22 +00:00
Federico Mena Quintero b421cc4851 Escape an ampersand in the documentation comment, and hack around an empty
2004-01-06  Federico Mena Quintero  <federico@ximian.com>

	* gdk-pixbuf-io.c (gdk_pixbuf_save): Escape an ampersand in the
	documentation comment, and hack around an empty line in the code
	example so that gtk-doc won't put a <para> due to it.
2004-01-07 03:31:21 +00:00
Federico Mena Quintero 0ee78f89af Link to the documentation section on image data.
2004-01-06  Federico Mena Quintero  <federico@ximian.com>

	* gdk-pixbuf.c (gdk_pixbuf_get_pixels): Link to the documentation
	section on image data.
2004-01-07 03:17:17 +00:00
Federico Mena Quintero 9d6ed04dff Added a section on how to compute pixel offsets for
2004-01-06  Federico Mena Quintero  <federico@ximian.com>

* gdk-pixbuf/tmpl/gdk-pixbuf.sgml: Added a section on how to
compute pixel offsets for gdk_pixbuf_get_pixels().
2004-01-07 03:16:10 +00:00
Federico Mena Quintero 65fa5b0f98 Fix example in documentation comment. Fixes #130701.
2004-01-06  Federico Mena Quintero  <federico@ximian.com>

	* gdk-pixdata.c (gdk_pixbuf_new_from_inline): Fix example in
	documentation comment.  Fixes #130701.
2004-01-07 02:26:35 +00:00
Matthias Clasen 5119687ac9 Make s, S, Control-S, p, P, Control-P, i, I, Control-I test
Wed Jan  7 02:50:55 2004  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* demos/testpixbuf-save.c: Make s, S, Control-S, p, P, Control-P,
	i, I, Control-I test gdk_pixbuf_save(), gdk_pixbuf_save_to_buffer()
	and gdk_pixbuf_save_to_callback() with jpeg, png and ico formats,
	respectively. Tests #82203.
2004-01-07 01:59:11 +00:00
Matthias Clasen 638d57cd7e Document GdkPixbufSaveFunc.
Wed Jan  7 01:56:33 2004  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gdk-pixbuf/tmpl/file-saving.sgml: Document GdkPixbufSaveFunc.

	* gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf-sections.txt: Add GdkPixbufSaveFunc,
	gdk_pixbuf_save_to_callback, gdk_pixbuf_save_to_callbackv,
	gdk_pixbuf_save_to_buffer and gdk_pixbuf_save_to_bufferv.
2004-01-07 01:58:40 +00:00
Matthias Clasen 03376d79fa New public API to save pixbufs to non-file locations. (#82203, Tim Evans)
Wed Jan  7 02:41:14 2004  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gdk-pixbuf-io.c (gdk_pixbuf_save_to_bufferv):
	* gdk-pixbuf-io.c (gdk_pixbuf_save_to_buffer):
	* gdk-pixbuf-io.c (gdk_pixbuf_save_to_callbackv):
	* gdk-pixbuf-io.c (gdk_pixbuf_save_to_callback): New public API
	to save pixbufs to non-file locations.  (#82203, Tim Evans)

	* gdk-pixbuf.h:
	* gdk_pixbuf.def: Declare the new public API.

	* gdk-pixbuf-io.h: Add save_to_callback to the module interface.

	* io-jpeg.c:
	* io-png.c: Implement save_to_callback.

	* gdk-pixbuf-io.c (gdk_pixbuf_savev):
	* gdk-pixbuf-io.c (gdk_pixbuf_save): Update documentation.

	* gdk-pixbuf-io.c (gdk_pixbuf_real_save): Support saving via
	image_module->save_to_callback.

	* gdk-pixbuf-io.c (gdk_pixbuf_real_save_to_callback): New generic
	save_to_callback function which falls back to image_module->save
	on a temp file.
2004-01-07 01:57:42 +00:00
Matthias Clasen 5b26e695a1 Make it possible to call gdk_pixbuf_loader_set_size (loader, 0, 0) by
Wed Jan  7 01:17:36 2004  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gdk-pixbuf-loader.c (gdk_pixbuf_loader_size_func):
	* gdk-pixbuf-loader.c (gdk_pixbuf_loader_set_size):
	* gdk-pixbuf-loader.c (gdk_pixbuf_loader_init): Make it possible
	to call gdk_pixbuf_loader_set_size (loader, 0, 0) by changing
	the initial values of priv->width/height to -1.

	* io-tiff.c (tiff_image_parse):
	* io-ras.c (RAS2State):
	* io-pnm.c (gdk_pixbuf__pnm_image_load_increment):
	* io-pcx.c (gdk_pixbuf__pcx_load_increment):
	* io-jpeg.c (gdk_pixbuf__jpeg_image_load_increment):
	* io-png.c (png_info_callback):
	* io-ico.c (DecodeHeader):
	* io-bmp.c (DecodeHeader): Call size_func once the size is known,
	even if the module can't make use of the scaling information. If
	size_func returns 0, don't allocate a pixbuf and return, if
	necessary with an error.

	* gdk-pixbuf.h:
	* gdk-pixbuf-io.c (gdk_pixbuf_get_file_info): A new function
	to determine the type and size of an image file without loading
	it completely.  (#53725)
2004-01-07 00:26:58 +00:00
Jody Goldberg 72b7abd535 Call gtk_tool_item_set_visible_vertical for PROP_VISIBLE_VERTICAL.
2004-01-06  Jody Goldberg <jody@gnome.org>

	* gtk/gtktoolitem.c (gtk_tool_item_set_property) : Call
	  gtk_tool_item_set_visible_vertical for PROP_VISIBLE_VERTICAL.
2004-01-06 20:39:48 +00:00
Federico Mena Quintero f9aff042b8 Use 0777 as the mode for mkdir() and let the umask do the right thing.
2004-01-06  Federico Mena Quintero  <federico@ximian.com>

	* gtk/gtkfilesel.c (gtk_file_selection_create_dir_confirmed): Use
	0777 as the mode for mkdir() and let the umask do the right
	thing.  Fixes #121819.
2004-01-06 20:34:47 +00:00
Federico Mena Quintero 24b50606f9 g_path_skip_root() can return NULL; handle this. Fixes #129565.
2004-01-06  Federico Mena Quintero  <federico@ximian.com>

	* gtk/gtkfilesystemunix.c (filename_is_root): g_path_skip_root()
	can return NULL; handle this.  Fixes #129565.
2004-01-06 20:20:43 +00:00
Miloslav Trmac caebaf94cb Update Czech translation 2004-01-06 16:51:03 +00:00
Roozbeh Pournader f13d142420 corrected the wrong date in ChangeLog. 2004-01-06 13:57:08 +00:00
Alexander Winston d93c0df0af Removed space that proceeded the end-of-sentence punctuation. Fixes:
2004-01-06  Alexander Winston  <alexander.winston@comcast.net>

	* gtk/gtkfilesel.c: (gtk_file_selection_delete_file): Removed space
	that proceeded the end-of-sentence punctuation. Fixes: #130353.
2004-01-06 13:52:51 +00:00
Federico Mena Quintero 96b8f1c176 Oops, call shortcuts_add_bookmarks() here.
2004-01-05  Federico Mena Quintero  <federico@ximian.com>

	* gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c (shortcuts_append_bookmarks): Oops,
	call shortcuts_add_bookmarks() here.
	(remove_bookmark_button_clicked_cb): Ahem, fetch the selected
	iter.
	(shortcuts_append_paths): Don't display error dialogs here.
	(create_file_list): Remove the @#$% rules hint.
2004-01-06 05:13:31 +00:00
Federico Mena Quintero 50e38e513a New helper function. (toolbar_create): Do not use a toolbar widget, just
2004-01-05  Federico Mena Quintero  <federico@ximian.com>

	* gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c (toolbar_button_new): New helper
	function.
	(toolbar_create): Do not use a toolbar widget, just an hbox
	instead.  Add the bookmarks buttons and the current folder label
	here.
	(create_filename_entry_and_filter_combo): Create the filter combo
	here.
	(filter_create): Don't show the filter combo initially.
	(up_button_cb): Renamed from toolbar_up_cb().
	(create_shortcuts_buttons): Removed.
2004-01-06 04:18:42 +00:00
Christian Rose d5e0502602 Updated Swedish translation.
2004-01-06  Christian Rose  <menthos@menthos.com>

	* sv.po: Updated Swedish translation.
2004-01-06 01:16:53 +00:00
Vincent van Adrighem 9bed2357cf Translation updated by Tino Meinen.
2004-01-05  Vincent van Adrighem  <adrighem@gnome.org>

	* nl.po: Translation updated by Tino Meinen.
2004-01-05 20:50:25 +00:00
Danilo Šegan 7007f9f139 Updated Serbian translation, added missing file to POTFILES.in. 2004-01-05 20:24:59 +00:00
Murray Cumming 98e4215828 and a bit more. 2004-01-05 18:28:09 +00:00
Murray Cumming 024b8898d7 Added <public> documentation to the struct, as suggested by Owen Taylor.
2004-01-05  Murray Cumming  <murrayc@usa.net>

        * gdk/gdkimage.h: Added <public> documentation to the struct, as
        suggested by Owen Taylor.
2004-01-05 18:24:08 +00:00
Soeren Sandmann 27ca7a08aa Change API so group is a GtkRadioButton, not a GtkWidget.
Sun Jan  4 15:29:04 2004  Soeren Sandmann  <sandmann@daimi.au.dk>

	* gtk/gtkradiotoolbutton.[ch]
	(gtk_radio_tool_button_new_with_stock_from_widget): Change API so
	group is a GtkRadioButton, not a GtkWidget.
2004-01-04 20:00:30 +00:00
Görkem Çetin 7277bf8aff CVS_SILENT 2004-01-04 19:48:39 +00:00
Vincent van Adrighem 9afcbd2cec Translation updated by Tino Meinen.
2004-01-04  Vincent van Adrighem  <adrighem@gnome.org>

	* nl.po: Translation updated by Tino Meinen.
2004-01-04 17:10:08 +00:00
Hans Breuer 5f98762951 use SWP_NOACTIVATE in gdk_window_set_keep_(above|below) to make DND work
2004-01-04  Hans Breuer  <hans@breuer.org>

	* gdk/win32/gdkwindow-win32.c : use SWP_NOACTIVATE in
	gdk_window_set_keep_(above|below) to make DND work again.
	Thanks to Alif Wahid for noticing.

	* gdk/gdk.def : update externals

	* gtk/gtkfilesystemwin32.c : adapt to GtkFileSystemIFace changes

	* gtk/gtk-stock.[hc] gtk/gtkiconfactory.c
	  gtk/stock-icons/Makefile.am gtk/stock-icons/makefile.msc :
	  gtk/stock-icons/stock_harddisk_16.png
	  gtk/stock-icons/stock_harddisk_24.png
	Harddisk stock icons for file system implementations. Beside
	FLOPPY and CDROM there is now HARDDISK, probably some
	GTK_STOCK_NETWORK would be useful, but I could not find one.
2004-01-04 15:45:56 +00:00
Åsmund Skjæveland 4c2c3d36ae Updated Norwegian Nynorsk translation.
2004-01-04  Åsmund Skjæveland  <aasmunds@fys.uio.no>

	* nn.po: Updated Norwegian Nynorsk translation.
2004-01-04 13:35:10 +00:00
Matthias Clasen ab74970131 Turn the pixbuf attributes into (construct-only, but always readable)
Sun Jan  4 00:44:57 2004  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gdk-pixbuf.c (gdk_pixbuf_class_init): Turn the pixbuf
	attributes into (construct-only, but always readable)
	properties.  (#130196)

	* gdk-pixbuf-data.c (gdk_pixbuf_new_from_data): Set properties
	in g_object_new().
2004-01-03 23:45:06 +00:00
Manish Singh 19c17861c6 Update freedesktop.org clipboard doc link. Patch from Andrew Moise
Sat Jan  3 11:39:42 2004  Manish Singh  <yosh@gimp.org>

        * gtk/gtkclipboard.c: Update freedesktop.org clipboard doc link.
        Patch from Andrew Moise (#130462).
2004-01-03 19:43:54 +00:00
Roozbeh Pournader fdccf6b143 Updated Persian translation.
2004-01-03  Roozbeh Pournader  <roozbeh@sharif.edu>

	* fa.po: Updated Persian translation.
2004-01-03 14:21:33 +00:00
Duarte Loreto 115203fc9d Updated Portuguese translation.
2004-01-03  Duarte Loreto <happyguy_pt@hotmail.com>

	* pt.po: Updated Portuguese translation.
2004-01-03 02:42:54 +00:00
Jody Goldberg 9acc941959 add visible_horizontal, visible_vertical. (gtk_action_class_init) : here.
2004-01-01  Jody Goldberg <jody@gnome.org>

	* gtk/gtkaction.c (_GtkActionPrivate) : add visible_horizontal,
	  visible_vertical.
	(gtk_action_class_init) : here.
	(gtk_action_init) : here.
	(gtk_action_set_property) : here.
	(gtk_action_get_property) : here.
	(connect_proxy) : and here.

2003-12-30  Jody Goldberg <jody@gnome.org>

	* gtk/gtkactiongroup.c (gtk_action_group_add_action_with_accel) :  new
	  utility routine for use in derived GtkActions with the replicated code
	  from.
	(gtk_action_group_add_actions_full) : here.
	(gtk_action_group_add_toggle_actions_full) : here.
	(gtk_action_group_add_radio_actions_full) : and here.

2003-12-24  Jody Goldberg <jody@gnome.org>

	* gtk/gtkactiongroup.h : Add some const to the char * in
	  GtkActionEntry*.  We're reccomending people pass static strings to
	  them, and not freeing them.  This stems to flood of warnings that
	  result.
	* gtk/gtkactiongroup.c (gtk_action_group_add_actions_full) : change
	  temp vars to const to match above.
	(gtk_action_group_add_toggle_actions_full) : ditto.
	(gtk_action_group_add_radio_actions_full) : ditto.
2004-01-02 23:14:28 +00:00
Tivo Leedjrv df6a099ea9 Updated Estonian translation.
2004-01-02  T?ivo Leedj?rv  <toivo@linux.ee>

        * et.po: Updated Estonian translation.
2004-01-02 21:56:30 +00:00
Christophe Merlet aa06a9d380 Updated French translation. 2004-01-02 18:52:39 +00:00
Danilo Šegan 6063eb1ad6 Updated Serbian translation. 2004-01-02 15:16:43 +00:00
Alessio Frusciante 2331d1a8f2 Updated Italian translation. 2004-01-02 11:34:49 +00:00
Taneem Ahmed d87cc469b0 Added "bn" to ALL_LINGUAS. Added Bangla translation by of Ankur group
2004-01-01  Taneem Ahmed  <taneem@bengalinux.org>

	* configure.in: Added "bn" to ALL_LINGUAS.
	* po/bn.po: Added Bangla translation by
	of Ankur group <gnome-translation@bengalinux.org>.
2004-01-02 02:58:30 +00:00
Matthias Clasen 194c2550f6 Changes to support week_start values other than 0 and 1, e.g. 6 will let
Fri Jan  2 02:50:11 2004  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gtk/gtkcalendar.c (gtk_calendar_compute_days):
	* gtk/gtkcalendar.c (gtk_calendar_paint_day_names):
	* gtk/gtkcalendar.c (gtk_calendar_init): Changes to support
	week_start values other than 0 and 1, e.g. 6 will let weeks start
	on Saturday.  (#130353, Roozbeh Pournader)
2004-01-02 01:52:04 +00:00
Francisco Javier F. Serrador dfcf1818c7 Updated Spanish translation.
2004-01-01  Francisco Javier F. Serrador  <serrador@cvs.gnome.org>

	* es.po: Updated Spanish translation.
2004-01-01 19:17:29 +00:00
Roozbeh Pournader 03c121052c Updated Persian translation.
2004-01-01  Roozbeh Pournader  <roozbeh@sharif.edu>

	* fa.po: Updated Persian translation.
2004-01-01 17:41:08 +00:00
Roozbeh Pournader 7164136d62 Updated Persian translation.
2004-01-01  Roozbeh Pournader  <roozbeh@sharif.edu>

	* fa.po: Updated Persian translation.
2004-01-01 15:43:41 +00:00
Åsmund Skjæveland 24cc18f9a7 Updated Norwegian Nynorsk translation.
2004-01-01  Åsmund Skjæveland  <aasmunds@fys.uio.no>

	* nn.po: Updated Norwegian Nynorsk translation.
2004-01-01 13:31:27 +00:00
Denis Lackovic aaa44fc877 *** empty log message *** 2004-01-01 10:32:18 +00:00
Miloslav Trmac 2cf1b4e5d2 Update Czech translation 2004-01-01 01:56:25 +00:00
Denis Lackovic d298a9ae91 *** empty log message *** 2004-01-01 00:18:16 +00:00
13:49 Daniel Rogers a5f2118818 Fix to allow reasonable pointer behavior in window mode when an extended
2003-12-31 13:49 Daniel Rogers <dsrogers@phasevelocity.org>

        * gdk/x11/gdkinput-x11.c: (gdk_input_translate_coordinates)

        Fix to allow reasonable pointer behavior in window mode when an
        extended input device reports an incorrect resolution of 0.
Fixes
        bug #123546
2003-12-31 22:00:21 +00:00
Christian Neumair 5300b92170 Updated German translation. 2003-12-31 16:04:23 +00:00
Christian Neumair 0e08ebc7d4 Use ngettext for plurals (#123847). 2003-12-31 16:02:22 +00:00
Zygimantas Berucka 88ca97c8af Updated Lithuanian translation by Tomas Kuliavas.
2003-12-31  Zygimantas Berucka  <uid0@tuxfamily.org>

* lt.po: Updated Lithuanian translation by Tomas Kuliavas.
2003-12-31 09:30:11 +00:00
Matthias Clasen e902118f0f Pull accelerator key from the stock item if stock_id is given, but
Wed Dec 31 02:05:39 2003  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gtk/gtkactiongroup.c (gtk_action_group_add_actions_full):
	(gtk_action_group_add_toggle_actions_full):
	(gtk_action_group_add_radio_actions_full): Pull accelerator key
	from the stock item if stock_id is given, but accelerator
	not.  (Noticed by Jeff Franks and Jody Goldberg)

	* tests/testmerge.c: Remove the accelerator from the "Open" entry
	to test the above change.
2003-12-31 01:05:57 +00:00
Denis Lackovic cf60a59874 croatian translations updated 2003-12-30 19:50:43 +00:00
Denis Lackovic 25363d3d9b croatian translations updated 2003-12-30 19:39:58 +00:00
cinamod 16f9478ee3 toward bug 853775 2003-12-30 17:22:30 +00:00
cinamod 7b61ec8c3b fix bug 852354 2003-12-30 16:44:40 +00:00
Federico Mena Quintero 700335123a Make show_all() work for the extra and preview widgets; reported by Paolo
2003-12-29  Federico Mena Quintero  <federico@ximian.com>

	Make show_all() work for the extra and preview widgets; reported
	by Paolo Maggi.

	* gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c (set_preview_widget): show_all() the
	preview widget.
	(set_extra_widget): show_all() the extra widget.
2003-12-29 20:55:01 +00:00
Duarte Loreto b23ce53ca6 Fixed typo thanks to Gustavo N. Silva.
2003-12-29  Duarte Loreto <happyguy_pt@hotmail.com>

	* pt.po: Fixed typo thanks to Gustavo N. Silva.
2003-12-29 18:45:16 +00:00
Soeren Sandmann 912b0944dc Add GDK_THREADS_ENTER()/GDK_THREADS_LEAVE() pairs around idle functions.
Mon Dec 29 12:22:22 2003  Soeren Sandmann  <sandmann@daimi.au.dk>

	* gtk/gtkuimanager.c (do_updates):
	* gtk/gtktoolbar.c (slide_idle_handler):
	* gtk/gtkdnd.c (gtk_drag_update_idle):

	Add GDK_THREADS_ENTER()/GDK_THREADS_LEAVE() pairs around idle
	functions. (#130157, patch from Olexiy Avramchenko).
2003-12-29 11:35:43 +00:00
Anders Carlsson 90646daf19 Update my e-mail address.
2003-12-29  Anders Carlsson  <andersca@gnome.org>

	* gtk/gtkradiotoolbutton.c:
	* gtk/gtkradiotoolbutton.h:
	* gtk/gtkseparatortoolitem.c:
	* gtk/gtkseparatortoolitem.h:
	* gtk/gtktoggletoolbutton.c:
	* gtk/gtktoggletoolbutton.h:
	* gtk/gtktoolbar.c:
	* gtk/gtktoolbar.h:
	* gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:
	* gtk/gtktoolbutton.h:
	* gtk/gtktoolitem.c:
	* gtk/gtktoolitem.h:
	Update my e-mail address.
2003-12-29 10:55:53 +00:00
Görkem Çetin ea785246b3 CVS_SILENT 2003-12-29 09:49:38 +00:00
Matthias Clasen a5c30a3aca Add a way to lock individual accelerator paths. (#73207, reported by Havoc
Mon Dec 29 01:36:22 2003  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gtk/gtkaccelmap.[hc]: (gtk_accel_map_lock_path,
	gtk_accel_map_unlock_path): Add a way to lock individual accelerator
	paths.  (#73207, reported by Havoc Pennington)
2003-12-29 00:38:50 +00:00
Christian Rose d2e576787c Updated Croatian translation by Robert Sedak <robert.sedak@sk.tel.hr>.
2003-12-29  Christian Rose  <menthos@menthos.com>

	* hr.po: Updated Croatian translation by
	Robert Sedak <robert.sedak@sk.tel.hr>.
2003-12-28 23:32:10 +00:00
Görkem Çetin bcd4faf05c CVS_SILENT 2003-12-28 21:03:39 +00:00
Soeren Sandmann df9e4fa8b5 use CHILD_VISIBLE instead of VISIBLE to determine whether we should stop
Sat Dec 27 23:17:56 2003  Soeren Sandmann  <sandmann@daimi.au.dk>

	* gtk/gtktoolbar.c (slide_idle_handler): use CHILD_VISIBLE
	instead of VISIBLE to determine whether we should stop
	sliding. (#130018, reported by Christian Persch).
2003-12-27 22:19:33 +00:00
Åsmund Skjæveland 2c15dd6ac4 Updated Norwegian Nynorsk translation.
2003-12-27  Åsmund Skjæveland  <aasmunds@fys.uio.no>

	* nn.po: Updated Norwegian Nynorsk translation.
2003-12-26 23:36:17 +00:00
Matthias Clasen a64ce01213 Don't use first_action without initializing it if n_entries is 0.
Fri Dec 26 23:24:35 2003  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gtk/gtkactiongroup.c (gtk_action_group_add_radio_actions_full):
	Don't use first_action without initializing it if n_entries is 0.
2003-12-26 22:23:50 +00:00
Gustavo Noronha Silva 11198a1d92 finalized updated.
2003-12-25  Gustavo Noronha Silva  <kov@debian.org>

	* pt_BR.po: finalized updated.
2003-12-25 04:52:38 +00:00
Duarte Loreto d434ebe634 Updated Portuguese translation.
2003-12-25  Duarte Loreto <happyguy_pt@hotmail.com>

	* pt.po: Updated Portuguese translation.
2003-12-25 04:19:21 +00:00
Matthias Clasen 8a15fe283b Add the missing _get_ to the name of the non-Xcursor version of this
Thu Dec 25 00:26:34 2003  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gdk/x11/gdkcursor-x11.c (gdk_display_get_default_cursor_size):
	Add the missing _get_ to the name of the non-Xcursor version of
	this function.  (noticed by Torsten Schoenfeld)
2003-12-24 23:28:14 +00:00
Manish Singh 874c2ce9cc fix GTK_TYPE_ICON_INFO macro, reported by muppet.
Tue Dec 23 22:34:50 2003  Manish Singh  <yosh@gimp.org>

        * gtk/gtkicontheme.h: fix GTK_TYPE_ICON_INFO macro, reported by
        muppet.
2003-12-24 06:32:28 +00:00
Matthias Clasen 5a76c23600 Add GtkClipboardTargetReceivedFunc, gtk_clipboard_request_targets() and
Wed Dec 24 01:12:53 2003  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gtk/gtkclipboard.[hc]: Add GtkClipboardTargetReceivedFunc,
	gtk_clipboard_request_targets() and
	gtk_clipboard_wait_for_targets().  (#101774, Dom Lachowicz)
2003-12-24 00:14:15 +00:00
Gustavo Noronha Silva f3c77419cf semi-updated translation.
2003-12-23  Gustavo Noronha Silva  <kov@debian.org>

	* pt_BR.po: semi-updated translation.
2003-12-23 04:44:21 +00:00
Laurent Dhima 5d39ad51a3 Updated Albanian translation
* sq.po: Updated Albanian translation
2003-12-22 19:30:10 +00:00
Laurent Dhima 1d8bfb8671 Updated 2003-12-22 19:28:34 +00:00
Matthias Clasen 661542ccea Fix building with --disable-modules --with-included-loaders, create an
Mon Dec 22 01:35:36 2003  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* Makefile.am (gdk-pixbuf.loaders): Fix building with
	--disable-modules --with-included-loaders, create an
	empty gdk-pixbuf.loaders file.  (#124496, Arno Charlet, fix
	proposed by Owen Taylor)
2003-12-22 00:37:04 +00:00
Matthias Clasen 5bacfe3936 Use gtk_paint_arrow instead of draw_arrow_left/draw_arrow_right. Removed.
Mon Dec 22 00:40:39 2003  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gtk/gtkcalendar.c (gtk_calendar_paint_arrow): Use
	gtk_paint_arrow instead of draw_arrow_left/draw_arrow_right.
	* gtk/gtkcalendar.c (draw_arrow_left):
	(draw_arrow_right): Removed.
	* gtk/gtkcalendar.c (gtk_calendar_realize_arrows):
	* gtk/gtkcalendar.c (gtk_calendar_state_changed): Set the
	arrow_state to GTK_STATE_INSENSITIVE if the calendar is
	insensitive.  (#97376)
2003-12-21 23:41:26 +00:00
Matthias Clasen 6a6455d7e3 Fix memory leaks caused by the failure to free the result of
Sun Dec 21 23:17:01 2003  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gtk/gtkuimanager.c (update_node):
	(update_smart_separators):
	(_gtk_menu_is_empty):
	(find_menu_position):
	* gtk/gtktreeview.c (gtk_tree_view_search_dialog_destroy):
	* gtk/gtkcombobox.c (gtk_combo_box_relayout_item):
	(gtk_combo_box_relayout): Fix memory leaks caused by the
	failure to free the result of gtk_container_get_children().
	(#127576, Yao Zhang)
2003-12-21 22:28:14 +00:00
Soeren Sandmann d2e744ca52 Set the right properties when the window becomes a toplevel. When a window
Sun Dec 21 17:34:22 2003  Soeren Sandmann  <sandmann@daimi.au.dk>

	* gdk/x11/gdkwindow-x11.c (gdk_window_reparent): Set the right
	properties when the window becomes a toplevel. When a window that
	was previously a toplevel becomes a toplevel again, restore its
	window type. Also make sure the focus window is removed from the
	XID hash when it is destroyed. (#117579, reported by Morten
	Welinder, patch reviewed by Owen Taylor).
2003-12-21 16:37:43 +00:00
Matthias Clasen b21fe1745c New function to emit the "cancel" signal on a menu shell.
Sun Dec 21 01:54:40 2003  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gtk/gtkmenushell.h:
	* gtk/gtkmenushell.c (gtk_menu_shell_cancel): New function
	to emit the "cancel" signal on a menu shell.

	* gtk/gtkmenu.c (gtk_menu_key_press):
	* gtk/gtkoptionmenu.c (gtk_option_menu_remove_menu):
	* gtk/gtkmenubar.c (_gtk_menu_bar_cycle_focus): Use the
	new function instead of directly emitting the
	signal.  (#81803, Owen Taylor)
2003-12-21 00:59:46 +00:00
Matthias Clasen f3faa16dab Fix the "language_set" blurb. (#129720, Christian Rose)
Sun Dec 21 00:39:50 2003  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c (gtk_cell_renderer_text_class_init):
	Fix the "language_set" blurb.  (#129720, Christian Rose)
2003-12-20 23:43:30 +00:00
Kristian Rietveld 5f65142b3c do not invalidate all of treeview when resizing (#110074, patch from
Sat Dec 20 22:06:03 2003  Kristian Rietveld  <kris@gtk.org>

	* gtk/gtktreeview.c (gtk_tree_view_size_allocate): do not invalidate
	all of treeview when resizing (#110074, patch from Soeren Sandmann).
2003-12-20 21:08:24 +00:00
Francisco Javier F. Serrador 807bce8170 Updated Spanish translation.
2003-12-20  Francisco Javier F. Serrador  <serrador@cvs.gnome.org>

	* es.po: Updated Spanish translation.
2003-12-20 14:30:14 +00:00
Christian Rose 8b3aabbadb Updated Swedish translation.
2003-12-20  Christian Rose  <menthos@menthos.com>

	* sv.po: Updated Swedish translation.
2003-12-20 08:44:33 +00:00
Vincent van Adrighem f63976e389 Dutch translation updated by Tino Meinen.
2003-12-20   Vincent van Adrighem  <adrighem@gnome.org>

	* nl.po: Dutch translation updated by Tino Meinen.
2003-12-20 00:57:57 +00:00
Kristian Rietveld 2f4326e406 Fixes #108458.
Fri Dec 19 23:36:00 2003  Kristian Rietveld  <kris@gtk.org>

	Fixes #108458.

	* gtk/gtkcelllayout.[ch]: added a reorder method.

	* gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c (gtk_tree_view_column_cell_layout_init),
	(gtk_tree_view_column_cell_layout_reorder): implement reorder.

	* gtk/gtkcellview.c (gtk_cell_view_cell_layout_init),
	(gtk_cell_view_cell_layout_reorder): ditto.

	* gtk/gtkcombobox.c (gtk_combo_box_cell_layout_init),
	(gtk_combo_box_cell_layout_reorder): ditto.

	* gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c (gtk_entry_completion_cell_layout_init),
	(gtk_entry_completion_reorder): ditto.
2003-12-19 22:47:20 +00:00
Kristian Rietveld 30d9f88996 use strstr instead of strcmp (#117127, suggestion from Soeren Sandmann).
Fri Dec 19 22:18:19 2003  Kristian Rietveld  <kris@gtk.org>

	* gtk/gtktreeview.c (gtk_tree_view_search_equal_func): use strstr
	instead of strcmp (#117127, suggestion from Soeren Sandmann).
2003-12-19 21:21:12 +00:00
Kristian Rietveld 8a834dce94 move item insertion logic here from gtk_menu_real_insert(),
Fri Dec 19 21:52:46 2003  Kristian Rietveld  <kris@gtk.org>

	* gtk/gtkmenu.c (gtk_menu_do_insert): move item insertion logic
	here from gtk_menu_real_insert(),
	(gtk_menu_real_insert): just call gtk_menu_do_insert(),
	(gtk_menu_reorder_child): run _do_insert after inserting the child
	(unbreaks _reorder_child, reported by Tim Janik).
2003-12-19 20:56:19 +00:00
Federico Mena Quintero f615072cde Use g_date_strftime() for UTF-8 correctness; use Julian dates to simplify
2003-12-19  Federico Mena Quintero  <federico@ximian.com>

	* gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c (list_mtime_data_func): Use
	g_date_strftime() for UTF-8 correctness; use Julian dates to
	simplify the function.
2003-12-19 17:38:54 +00:00
Christian Neumair fc3b98b2c2 /tmp/cvsgA8OQj 2003-12-19 16:31:52 +00:00
Danilo Šegan 2e3bc126fd Updated Serbian translation. 2003-12-19 16:00:34 +00:00
Matthias Clasen 31637e1fc5 Test extra_width, not extra_height, when determining whether to set
Fri Dec 19 01:47:34 2003  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c (gtk_scrolled_window_size_request):
	Test extra_width, not extra_height, when determining whether to
	set extra_width.  (#129647, Jan Arne Petersen)
2003-12-19 00:47:26 +00:00
Matthias Clasen d99c68a6f5 Add a bug number 2003-12-19 00:41:00 +00:00
Matthias Clasen bc5d7efe97 Fix the behaviour of insensitive actions, which was broken when
Fri Dec 19 01:35:34 2003  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	Fix the behaviour of insensitive actions, which was broken
	when gtk_action_activate() was changed to pay attention to
	sensitivity  (#129557, Christian Persch)

	* gtk/gtkaction.h:
	* gtk/gtkaction.c (_gtk_action_emit_activate): New auxiliary
	function to emit an activate signal without regard to sensitivity.

	* gtk/gtkradioaction.c:
	* gtk/gtktoggleaction.c: Always use _gtk_action_emit_activate()
	instead of gtk_action_activate().
2003-12-19 00:39:10 +00:00
Kristian Rietveld 4d9e9afdc1 Fixes #110249, reworked patch from Joshua N Pritikin.
Thu Dec 18 19:13:12 2003  Kristian Rietveld  <kris@gtk.org>

	Fixes #110249, reworked patch from Joshua N Pritikin.

	* gtk/gtktreemodelsort.c (gtk_tree_model_sort_get_type),
	(gtk_tree_model_sort_tree_drag_source_init),
	(gtk_tree_model_sort_row_draggable),
	(gtk_tree_model_sort_drag_data_get),
	(gtk_tree_model_sort_drag_data_delete): implement GtkTreeDragSource.

	* gtk/gtktreemodelfilter.c (gtk_tree_model_filter_get_type),
	(gtk_tree_model_filter_tree_drag_source_init),
	(gtk_tree_model_filter_row_draggable),
	(gtk_tree_model_filter_drag_data_get),
	(gtk_tree_model_filter_drag_data_delete): ditto.
2003-12-18 18:19:05 +00:00
Miloslav Trmac c5dd510d3f Update Czech translation 2003-12-18 17:21:28 +00:00
Kristian Rietveld dad34f29b2 add key bindings for "*" and "/" (expand/collapse all). (#110195, reported
Thu Dec 18 18:01:01 2003  Kristian Rietveld  <kris@gtk.org>

	* gtk/gtktreeview.c (gtk_tree_view_class_init): add key bindings
	for "*" and "/" (expand/collapse all). (#110195, reported by
	Calum Benson).
2003-12-18 17:03:42 +00:00
Kristian Rietveld 10b2c91b23 clear the extra_attrs list if we set "text" after "markup". (Fixes
Thu Dec 18 17:52:56 2003  Kristian Rietveld  <kris@gtk.org>

	* gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c (gtk_cell_renderer_text_set_property):
	clear the extra_attrs list if we set "text" after "markup".
	(Fixes #121933, Federico Mena Quintero).
2003-12-18 16:55:58 +00:00
Alexander Larsson 0fe8b2d6d5 Fix typo that used the wrong x/y values for the x1, y1 point
2003-12-18  Alexander Larsson  <alexl@redhat.com>

	* gtk/gtkicontheme.c (gtk_icon_info_get_embedded_rect):
	Fix typo that used the wrong x/y values for the x1, y1 point
2003-12-18 16:08:01 +00:00
Kristian Rietveld bc6e2d5563 added language and language_set properties like GtkTextTag has. (#103800,
Thu Dec 18 01:41:50 2003  Kristian Rietveld  <kris@gtk.org>

	* gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c (gtk_cell_renderer_text_class_init),
	(gtk_cell_renderer_text_finalize),
	(gtk_cell_renderer_text_get_property),
	(gtk_cell_renderer_text_set_property), (get_layout): added language
	and language_set properties like GtkTextTag has. (#103800, reported
	by Owen Taylor).
2003-12-18 00:44:37 +00:00
Matthias Clasen 3050f437c5 Correct misleading docs. Add docs for the "activate" signal. (#129358,
Thu Dec 18 01:37:59 2003  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_activate): Correct misleading docs.
	* gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_class_init): Add docs for the
	"activate" signal.  (#129358, Ka-Hing Cheung)
2003-12-18 00:39:17 +00:00
Kristian Rietveld 66def98927 Jonathan got the logical flag backwards in the expand_collapse_cursor_row
Thu Dec 18 01:21:59 2003  Kristian Rietveld  <kris@gtk.org>

	* gtk/gtktreeview.c (gtk_tree_view_class_init): Jonathan got
	the logical flag backwards in the expand_collapse_cursor_row
	bindings, fixing.
	(gtk_tree_view_real_expand_collapse_cursor_row): invert expand
	flag when !logical and in RTL. (Fixes #107527, reported by
	Noah Levitt).
2003-12-18 00:25:11 +00:00
Christian Rose 127e80d7b6 Updated Swedish translation.
2003-12-18  Christian Rose  <menthos@menthos.com>

	* sv.po: Updated Swedish translation.
2003-12-18 00:24:01 +00:00
Matthias Clasen 1df3e42fd0 Add gtk_message_dialog_set_markup
Thu Dec 18 01:24:35 2003  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gtk/gtk-sections.txt: Add gtk_message_dialog_set_markup
2003-12-18 00:23:21 +00:00
Kristian Rietveld 0b3fa61b7e only start editing when activated by the left mouse button. (#106869,
Thu Dec 18 01:10:16 2003  Kristian Rietveld  <kris@gtk.org>

	* gtk/gtktreeview.c (gtk_tree_view_button_press): only start
	editing when activated by the left mouse button. (#106869,
	patch from Evan Martin).
2003-12-18 00:12:31 +00:00
Kristian Rietveld c43efa516f Migrating all cell renderers to use the new instance private data
Thu Dec 18 00:57:18 2003  Kristian Rietveld  <kris@gtk.org>

	Migrating all cell renderers to use the new instance private data
	construction.

	* gtk/gtktreeprivate.h: remove GtkCellRendererInfo, as it is no
	longer being used.

	* gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c (gtk_cell_renderer_init),
	(gtk_cell_renderer_class_init), (gtk_cell_renderer_get_property),
	(set_cell_bg_color), (gtk_cell_renderer_render): remove old
	GtkCellRendererInfo handling, migrate to instance private data.

	* gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c (gtk_cell_renderer_text_editing_done),
	(gtk_cell_renderer_text_start_editing): moved focus_out_id
	from GtkCellRendererInfo to text renderer private data.

	* gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c (gtk_cell_renderer_pixbuf_init),
	(gtk_cell_renderer_pixbuf_class_init),
	(gtk_cell_renderer_pixbuf_finalize),
	(gtk_cell_renderer_pixbuf_get_property),
	(gtk_cell_renderer_pixbuf_set_property),
	(gtk_cell_renderer_pixbuf_create_stock_pixbuf),
	(gtk_cell_renderer_pixbuf_get_size), (gtk_cell_renderer_pixbuf_render):
	migrate to instance private data.

	* gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c (gtk_cell_renderer_toggle_class_init),
	(gtk_cell_renderer_toggle_get_property),
	(gtk_cell_renderer_toggle_set_property),
	(gtk_cell_renderer_toggle_render): migrate to instance private data.
2003-12-18 00:06:43 +00:00
Kristian Rietveld 62a15f2ae1 add a single-paragraph-mode property, use private instance data. (Fixes
Thu Dec 18 00:24:32 2003  Kristian Rietveld  <kris@gtk.org>

	* gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c (gtk_cell_renderer_text_class_init),
	(gtk_cell_renderer_text_get_property),
	(gtk_cell_renderer_text_set_property), (get_layout): add a
	single-paragraph-mode property, use private instance data.
	(Fixes #114943, reported by Morten Welinder).
2003-12-17 23:30:36 +00:00
Kristian Rietveld 4891296311 now deprecated (#106953, reported by Matthias Clasen).
Thu Dec 18 00:07:01 2003  Kristian Rietveld  <kris@gtk.org>

	* gtk/gtktreemodel.h (gtk_tree_path_new_root),
	(gtk_tree_model_get_iter_root): now deprecated (#106953, reported
	by Matthias Clasen).
2003-12-17 23:09:27 +00:00
Kristian Rietveld e6e76e1cac if we set a new stock_id and there was a previous stock_id, unref the
Wed Dec 17 23:50:56 2003  Kristian Rietveld  <kris@gtk.org>

	* gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c (gtk_cell_renderer_pixbuf_set_property):
	if we set a new stock_id and there was a previous stock_id, unref
	the pixbuf (since it was used to renderer the previous stock_id
	and stock_id might have been set to NULL now). (Fixes #122966).
2003-12-17 22:56:27 +00:00
Marco Pesenti Gritti 3ea41a9212 Check that index is not bigger than level array length also when depth is
2003-12-17  Marco Pesenti Gritti  <marco@gnome.org>

        * gtk/gtktreemodelsort.c: (gtk_tree_model_sort_get_iter):

        Check that index is not bigger than level array length
        also when depth is 1. Now get_iter_first correctly return
        FALSE when the model is empty (#129411).
2003-12-17 22:47:55 +00:00
Kristian Rietveld b1187d9e0e only try to strcmp or strlen if we managed to normalize and casefold the
Wed Dec 17 23:31:19 2003  Kristian Rietveld  <kris@gtk.org>

	* gtk/gtktreeview.c (gtk_tree_view_search_equal_func): only
	try to strcmp or strlen if we managed to normalize and casefold
	the string correctly. Fixes crashes with non-UTF8 strings.
	(#121617, Patch from Tim-Philipp Müller).
2003-12-17 22:33:54 +00:00
Matthias Clasen 2a136e56b8 Add missing GDK_THREADS_ENTER()/GDK_THREADS_LEAVE(). Cast second argument
Wed Dec 17 23:20:23 2003  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gtk/gtkexpander.c (gtk_expander_animation_timeout): Add missing
	GDK_THREADS_ENTER()/GDK_THREADS_LEAVE().
	* gtk/gtkcalendar.c, gtk/gtkclist.c, gtk/gtkexpander.c,
	gtk/gtklist.c, gtk/gtknotebook.c, gtk/gtkselection.c,
	gtk/gtkspinbutton.c: Cast second argument to g_timeout_add() to
	GSourceFunc instead of GtkFunction.  (#129525, Olexiy Avramchenko)
2003-12-17 22:23:32 +00:00
Kristian Rietveld d1f4899fc7 fix compile warning. (#122727, patch from Kjartan Maraas).
Wed Dec 17 23:16:45 2003  Kristian Rietveld  <kris@gtk.org>

	* gtk/gtktreeview.c (gtk_tree_view_button_press): fix compile warning.
	(#122727, patch from Kjartan Maraas).
2003-12-17 22:18:43 +00:00
Kristian Rietveld f219093fd2 Yay! Fixed height mode! Hooray! (Part 2 of #80868).
Wed Dec 17 21:23:01 2003  Kristian Rietveld  <kris@gtk.org>

	Yay! Fixed height mode! Hooray! (Part 2 of #80868).

	* gtk/gtktreeview.c (gtk_tree_view_class_init),
	(gtk_tree_view_init), (gtk_tree_view_set_property),
	(gtk_tree_view_get_property), (gtk_tree_view_set_model): add a
	fixed_height_mode property,
	(intialize_fixed_height_mode), (do_validate_rows),
	(column_sizing_notify), (gtk_tree_view_set_fixed_height_mode),
	(gtk_tree_view_style_set), (gtk_tree_view_row_changed),
	(gtk_tree_view_row_inserted), (gtk_tree_view_remove_column),
	(gtk_tree_view_insert_column): implement fixed height mode,
	(gtk_tree_view_append_column), (gtk_tree_view_insert_column),
	(gtk_tree_view_insert_column_with_attributes),
	(gtk_tree_view_insert_column_with_data_func): update docs.

	* gtk/gtktreeprivate.h: add two fields to GtkTreePrivate.
2003-12-17 20:29:43 +00:00
Murray Cumming c64c7ee080 Actually call the default signal handlers instead of calling the
2003-12-07  Murray Cumming  <murrayc@usa.net>

        * gtk/gtktreemodel.c:
        (row_inserted_marshal, row_deleted_marshal, rows_reorderered_marshal)
        Actually call the default signal handlers instead of calling the
        marshallers themselves in an endless loop. These default signal handler
        callbacks are not actually set so this is only noticed by gtkmm at
        the moment. Bug 123923.
2003-12-17 17:52:47 +00:00
Federico Mena Quintero 8baf8571b5 Added a "volumes-changed" signal. Added the following methods:
2003-12-16  Federico Mena Quintero  <federico@ximian.com>

	* gtk/gtkfilesystem.h (struct _GtkFileSystemIface): Added a
	"volumes-changed" signal.  Added the following methods:
		list_volumes
		volume_free
		volume_get_base_path
		volume_get_is_mounted
		volume_mount
		volume_get_display_name
		volume_render_icon

	* gtk/gtkfilesystem.c (gtk_file_system_base_init): Create the
	"volumes-changed" signal.
	(gtk_file_system_list_volumes): New function.
	(gtk_file_system_volume_free): New function.
	(gtk_file_system_volume_get_base_path): New function.
	(gtk_file_system_volume_get_is_mounted): New function.
	(gtk_file_system_volume_mount): New function.
	(gtk_file_system_volume_get_display_name): New function.
	(gtk_file_system_volume_render_icon): New function.

	* gtk/gtkfilesystemunix.c (gtk_file_system_unix_volume_free): Implement.
	(gtk_file_system_unix_volume_get_base_path): Implement.
	(gtk_file_system_unix_volume_get_is_mounted): Implement.
	(gtk_file_system_unix_volume_mount): Implement.
	(gtk_file_system_unix_volume_get_display_name): Implement.
	(gtk_file_system_unix_volume_render_icon): Implement.

	* gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c (struct _GtkFileChooserDefault):
	Added a field for the "volumes-changed" signal connection.
	(gtk_file_chooser_default_set_property): Connect to
	"volumes-changed" on the file system.
	(gtk_file_chooser_default_finalize): Disconnect from
	"volumes-changed".

	* gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c (shortcuts_remove_rows): New helper
	function.
	(shortcuts_get_index): New helper function.
	(shortcuts_insert_path): Can now insert volumes as well as paths.
	(shortcuts_append_paths): Don't take is_file_system_root.
	(shortcuts_add_volumes): New function.
	(shortcuts_append_file_system_roots): Removed.
	(create_shortcuts_model): Use shortcuts_add_volumes().
	(remove_bookmark_button_clicked_cb): Check that the index is
	within range.
	(bookmarks_check_add_sensitivity): Take volumes into account.
	(shortcuts_get_selected_index): New helper function.
	(remove_bookmark_button_clicked_cb): Use
	shortcuts_get_selected_index().
	(bookmarks_check_remove_sensitivity): Likewise.
	(shortcuts_select_func): Likewise.
	(shortcuts_row_activated_cb): Handle volumes as well as normal
	paths.
	(shortcuts_activate_volume): New function.
	(struct _GtkFileChooserDefault): Removed the bookmarks_set and
	bookmarks_iter fields.
	(shortcuts_append_bookmarks): Use shortcuts_remove_rows().
	(bookmarks_changed_cb): Use shortcuts_add_bookmarks().
	(remove_bookmark_rows): Removed.
	(shortcuts_add_bookmarks): New function; moved most of the code
	over from shortcuts_append_bookmarks().
	(shortcuts_append_bookmarks): Add the separator node here, and
	then call shortcuts_add_bookmarks().
2003-12-17 05:55:16 +00:00
Manish Singh 6b80f394a5 fix preprocessor conditional confusion. (G_OS_UNIX/G_OS_WIN32 stuff)
Tue Dec 16 15:01:10 2003  Manish Singh  <yosh@gimp.org>

        * gtk/gtkfilechooserwidget.c: fix preprocessor conditional confusion.
        (G_OS_UNIX/G_OS_WIN32 stuff)
2003-12-16 22:58:58 +00:00
Christian Rose fc4da568a9 Updated Swedish translation.
2003-12-16  Christian Rose  <menthos@menthos.com>

	* sv.po: Updated Swedish translation.
2003-12-16 21:42:13 +00:00
Danilo Šegan 27cd490e79 Updated Serbian translation.
2003-12-16  Danilo Šegan  <dsegan@gmx.net>

	* sr.po, sr@Latn.po: Updated Serbian translation.
2003-12-16 04:55:32 +00:00
Matthias Clasen fbb0ba1a3b Do not interpret distant clicks as double-clicks (#116541, Bernhard
Tue Dec 16 01:46:46 2003  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	Do not interpret distant clicks as double-clicks  (#116541,
	Bernhard Walle):

	* gdk/gdkdisplay.h (struct GdkDisplay): Add new fields
	double_click_distance, button_x and button_y.
	* gdk/gdkdisplay.c (gdk_display_init): Initialize the new fields.

	* gdk/gdkdisplay.h:
	* gdk/gdkevents.c (gdk_display_set_double_click_distance):
	New function to set the double click distance on a display.

	* gdk/gdkevents.c: Take double click distance into account
	when generating single, double or triple clicks.

	* gtk/gtksettings.c: Add new setting "gtk-double-click-distance".

	* gdk/x11/gdkevents-x11.c: Add the XSetting
	"Net/DoubleClickDistance" and map it to "gtk-double-click-distance".
2003-12-16 00:56:48 +00:00
Federico Mena Quintero 69c2585f0d Sigh, revert the change.
2003-12-15  Federico Mena Quintero  <federico@ximian.com>

	* gtk/gtkdialog.c: Sigh, revert the change.
2003-12-15 22:03:15 +00:00
Federico Mena Quintero 7054ddccd8 Removed. (gtk_dialog_close): Don't call dialog_has_cancel(). At least
2003-12-15  Federico Mena Quintero  <federico@ximian.com>

	* gtk/gtkdialog.c (dialog_has_cancel): Removed.
	(gtk_dialog_close): Don't call dialog_has_cancel().  At least
	allows sane behavior for #101293.
2003-12-15 21:47:50 +00:00
Miloslav Trmac 64687f7108 Update Czech translation 2003-12-15 11:41:52 +00:00
Francisco Javier F. Serrador d403dd8021 *es.po: Updated Spanish translation.
2003-12-15  Francisco Javier F. Serrador  <serrador@cvs.gnome.org>

	*es.po: Updated Spanish translation.
2003-12-15 09:46:12 +00:00
Danilo Šegan 1b0e9f4b13 Updated Serbian translation.
2003-12-15  Danilo Šegan  <dsegan@gmx.net>

	* sr.po, sr@Latn.po: Updated Serbian translation.
2003-12-15 08:04:53 +00:00
Matthias Clasen e78f5232e6 Add gtk_button_[sg]et_alignment. Mon Dec 15 01:03:08 2003 Matthias Clasen
Mon Dec 15 01:03:08 2003  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gtk/gtk-sections.txt: Add gtk_button_[sg]et_alignment.
Mon Dec 15 01:03:08 2003  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gtk/gtk-sections.txt: Add gtk_button_[sg]et_alignment.
2003-12-15 00:02:00 +00:00
Matthias Clasen 3fe038b505 Add new properties, xalign and yalign, with getter and setter
Mon Dec 15 00:56:54 2003  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gtk/gtkbutton.[hc]: Add new properties, xalign and yalign, with
	getter and setter gtk_button_[sg]et_alignment(), to set the
	alignment of the child.  (#70961, Jody Goldberg)
2003-12-15 00:00:19 +00:00
Kjartan Maraas d5da808188 Updated Norwegian translation.
2003-12-14  Kjartan Maraas  <kmaraas@gnome.org>

	* no.po: Updated Norwegian translation.
2003-12-14 20:38:02 +00:00
Hans Breuer 4acd98a836 handle GTK_DATADIR similar as the other filesystem placement 'constants'
2003-12-14  Hans Breuer  <hans@breuer.org>

	* gtk/gtkprivate.h gtk/gtkmain.c : handle GTK_DATADIR
	similar as the other filesystem placement 'constants' (dynamic
	resolving on win32)

	* gtk/gtkfilechooserwidget.c : handle file system to win32
	renaming here as will
	* gtk/gtkfilesystemwin32.c : implement render_icon

	* gtk/gtk.def gdk/gdk.def : updated externals

	* gdk/win32/gdkdisplay-win32.c : make it compile without
	<multimon.h> - i.e. even older sdk

	* gdk/win32/gdkevents-win32.c : match resize_timer_proc
	with TIMERPROC prototype

	* gdk/win32/gdkwindow-win32.c : older msvc does not know
	BITMAPV5HEADER (from win xp) either

	* gtk/gtkimmodule.c : make it compile even if GTK_LOCALEDIR is
	not defined

	* tests/testfilechooser.c : recent GLib crashes on
	g_print ("%s", NULL) so avoid this
2003-12-14 19:03:02 +00:00
Updated ja.po. T.Aihana 6857ba4929 2003-12-14 Updated ja.po. T.Aihana <aihana@gnome.gr.jp> 2003-12-14 08:42:38 +00:00
Tor Lillqvist 5ad2fd918a Calls to OpenClipboard() must be followed by calls to CloseClipboard().
2003-12-14  Tor Lillqvist  <tml@iki.fi>

	* gdk/win32/gdkselection-win32.c: Calls to OpenClipboard() must be
	followed by calls to CloseClipboard(). Add a missing call to
	CloseClipboard(). Found by Adam Wright, fixes #104944. Use
	API_CALL macro in more places.
2003-12-14 02:20:14 +00:00
Tor Lillqvist 5cd59c1cbc Merge from stable:
2003-12-14  Tor Lillqvist  <tml@iki.fi>

	Merge from stable:

	* gdk/gdkdisplaymanager.c: Mark default_display static.

	* gdk/win32/gdkdnd-win32.c: Mark current_dest_drag static.

	* gdk/win32/gdkkeys-win32.c: Disable some overly verbose debugging
	output.

	* gdk/win32/gdkevents-win32.c: Clean up the debugging output from
	--gdk-debug=events. In general, output just one line of debugging
	output for each Windows message, plus one line for each GDK event
	generated. Indent all lines according to window procedure nesting
	level.

	(inner_window_procedure): Rename from real_window_procedure.

	(find_real_window_for_grabbed_mouse_event): Don't get misled when
	the point is in the non-client (decoration) area of the window
	returned by WindowFromPoint(). Return the root window in that
	case.

	(build_pointer_event_state): Test also MK_XBUTTON1 and
	MK_XBUTTON2 (buttons 4 and 5).

	(synthesize_enter_event): Track the mouse leaving the window in
	the event being generated, not the one mentioned in the Windows
	message.

	(propagate): Test for NULL parent earlier. Improves event
	generation from a grabbed pointer. Part of fix for #107320.

	(handle_stuff_while_moving_or_resizing): New function, to
	dispatch the main loop (once).

	(resize_timer_proc): New function, set to be called by an inerval
	timer during resizes/moves. Calls handle_stuff_while_moving_or_resizing().

	(gdk_event_translate): Drop unused return_exposes parameter.

	Handle WM_XBUTTONDOWN and UP messages (buttons 4 and 5).

	On WM_SYSKEYUP, generate a key release event also for just the Alt
	key.

	On WM_MOUSELEAVE, generate a leave event of type
	GDK_NOTIFY_ANCESTOR (and not UNKNOWN) if the mouse left a
	top-level window, and left the app completely.

	On WM_ENTERSIZEMOVE, set a flag, and start an interval timer that
	calls resize_timer_proc() at regular intervals. On
	WM_EXITSIZEMOVE, kill the timer.

	On WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGED, generate a configure event if necessary,
	and dispatch the main loop (by calling
	handle_stuff_while_moving_or_resizing()). Fixes #99540, idea by
	Herman Bloggs.

	* gdk/win32/gdkmain-win32.c (_gdk_win32_message_to_string): Handle
	also wintab messages.

	* gdk/win32/gdkwindow-win32.c (gdk_window_set_skip_taskbar_hint):
	Instead of using WS_EX_TOOLWINDOW, implement by setting/unsetting
	the window's owner. Fixes #118093, reported by Maxime Romano.
2003-12-14 01:57:54 +00:00
Tim Evans d858f3b514 Implement gdk_window_set_icon_list() for Win32, with support for big and
Tue Dec  8 09:41:00 2003  Tim Evans  <t.evans@aranz.com>

	* gdk/win32/gdkwindow-win32.[ch]: Implement
	gdk_window_set_icon_list() for Win32, with support for big and
	small icons and support for alpha-channel icons under Windows
	XP. Replaces the previous implementation of gdk_window_set_icon().
	(#128762)
2003-12-14 01:06:56 +00:00
Matthias Clasen 1014c413c5 Rename from _gdk_x11_register_event_type(), added API docs.
Sun Dec 14 01:28:23 2003  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gdk/x11/gdkprivate-x11.h:
	* gdk/x11/gdkx.h:
	* gdk/x11/gdkevents-x11.c (gdk_x11_register_standard_event_type):
	Rename from _gdk_x11_register_event_type(), added API docs.
	* gdk/x11/gdkinput-x11.c (_gdk_input_common_init):
	* gdk/x11/gdkimage-x11.c (_gdk_windowing_image_init): Adjust
	all callers.  (#121471, Bill Haneman)
2003-12-14 00:28:57 +00:00
Matthias Clasen e0fe66ee83 Document that the clip mask of gc is ignored. (#101983, Sebastian Rittau)
Sat Dec 13 23:37:50 2003  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gdk/gdkdraw.c (gdk_draw_pixbuf): Document that the clip mask
	of gc is ignored.  (#101983, Sebastian Rittau)
2003-12-13 22:45:25 +00:00
Matthias Clasen f83b5f37c9 Add stock_dialog_authentication_48.png. (#129255, Olivier Andrieu)
Sat Dec 13 22:37:46 2003  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gtk/Makefile.am (HTML_IMAGES): Add
	stock_dialog_authentication_48.png.  (#129255, Olivier Andrieu)
2003-12-13 21:37:32 +00:00
Kristian Rietveld 5f3cde77ba A trick for a faster treeview, step 1. Patch to short circuit
Sat Dec 13 16:13:27 2003  Kristian Rietveld  <kris@gtk.org>

	A trick for a faster treeview, step 1. Patch to short circuit
	_build_tree(), inspired by Jonathan (#80868).

	* gtk/gtktreeview.c (gtk_tree_view_init): don't put _IS_LIST in
	flags by default,
	(gtk_tree_view_build_tree): don't even try to recurse when the
	model says that it is a list, remove flag unsetter,
	(gtk_tree_view_set_model): change flag setting logic.

	* gtk/gtktreemodelsort.c (gtk_tree_model_sort_get_flags):
	propagate whether or not the child model has _IS_LIST set.

	* gtk/gtktreemodelfilter.c (gtk_tree_model_filter_get_flags):
	ditto.
2003-12-13 15:20:28 +00:00
Christian Rose cf98c97946 Updated Swedish translation.
2003-12-13  Christian Rose  <menthos@menthos.com>

	* sv.po: Updated Swedish translation.
2003-12-13 13:19:25 +00:00
Francisco Javier F. Serrador 8cbe8983fe Updated Spanish translation
2003-12-13  Francisco Javier F. Serrador  <serrador@cvs.gnome.org>

	* es.po: Updated Spanish translation
2003-12-13 11:26:22 +00:00
Matthias Clasen 6326e9df0f Undo the last change, since it broke logical keynav. Fix stepper direction
Sat Dec 13 02:33:17 2003  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gtk/gtkrange.c (gtk_range_scroll): Undo the last change,
	since it broke logical keynav.
	* gtk/gtkrange.c (range_get_scroll_for_grab): Fix stepper
	direction in inverted scrollbars here instead.
2003-12-13 01:33:17 +00:00
Matthias Clasen 802e094bd3 Implement "gravity" for RTL mode in a better way: Keep the distance from
Sat Dec 13 00:39:24 2003  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gtk/gtkviewport.c (viewport_set_hadjustment_values): Implement
	"gravity" for RTL mode in a better way: Keep the distance from
	the upper end of the page to the upper bound constant. This also
	fixes problems with the initial position of the viewport in RTL
	mode.  (#129063)
2003-12-12 23:40:58 +00:00
Kristian Rietveld 375ccb28b3 Combo box flipping support.
Fri Dec 12 21:00:12 2003  Kristian Rietveld  <kris@gtk.org>

	Combo box flipping support.

	* gtk/gtkcombobox.c (gtk_combo_box_menu_position),
	(gtk_combo_box_size_allocate): support RTL flipping (#126518,
	patch from Matthias Clasen),
	(gtk_combo_box_popup): fix popup window alignment if there's a
	cell view frame visible (#126518, patch from Semion Chichelnitsky).

	* gtk/gtkcellview.c (gtk_cell_view_expose): support RTL flipping
	(#128348, patch from Semion Chichelnitsky).
2003-12-12 20:08:58 +00:00
Miloslav Trmac f0293295db Update Czech translation 2003-12-12 17:16:33 +00:00
Matthias Clasen c819c45ea8 Remove deprecated functions in examples. (#129074, Olexiy Avramchenko)
Fri Dec 12 01:13:34 2003  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* examples/gtkdial/gtkdial.c:
	* examples/menu/menu.c:
	* examples/scribble-xinput/scribble-xinput.c:
	* examples/progressbar/progressbar.c:
	* docs/tutorial/gtk-tut.sgml: Remove deprecated functions
	in examples. (#129074, Olexiy Avramchenko)
	* examples/calendar/Makefile:
	* examples/rangewidgets/Makefile:
	* examples/menu/Makefile: Allow deprecated functions in
	examples which use deprecated widgets.
2003-12-12 00:16:14 +00:00
Matthias Clasen 5d8f0a69c4 Documentation updates. 2003-12-11 23:52:59 +00:00
Matthias Clasen 2f19377326 Fix direction of steppers in inverted scrollbars. (#129084, Olexiy
Fri Dec 12 00:05:31 2003  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gtk/gtkrange.c (gtk_range_scroll): Fix direction of
	steppers in inverted scrollbars.  (#129084, Olexiy Avramchenko)
2003-12-11 23:05:25 +00:00
Matthias Clasen 731537ed89 Don't unnecessarily reserve space for arrows in RTL mode. (#129075, Semion
Thu Dec 11 23:50:30 2003  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gtk/gtknotebook.c (gtk_notebook_pages_allocate): Don't
	unnecessarily reserve space for arrows in RTL mode.  (#129075,
	Semion Chichelnitsky)
2003-12-11 22:50:09 +00:00
Francisco F. Serrador 184f566f1d Updated Spanish translation
2003-12-11  Francisco F. Serrador  <serrador@cvs.gnome.org>

	* es.po: Updated Spanish translation
2003-12-11 22:32:00 +00:00
Danilo Šegan 3e323ced31 Updated Serbian translation.
2003-12-11  Danilo Šegan  <dsegan@gmx.net>

	* sr.po, sr@Latn.po: Updated Serbian translation.
2003-12-11 17:18:43 +00:00
Matthias Clasen 44c206420a Move the documentation for signals inline, to get proper parameter
Thu Dec 11 01:57:05 2003  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gdk-pixbuf-loader.c (gdk_pixbuf_loader_class_init): Move
	the documentation for signals inline, to get proper parameter
	documentation.  (#128977)
2003-12-11 00:57:20 +00:00
Matthias Clasen 5fb61f3075 Changes to allow "no input" windows (#64613):
Thu Dec 11 00:35:12 2003  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	Changes to allow "no input" windows (#64613):

	* gdk/gdkwindow.h (struct _GdkWindowObject): Add a new boolean
	field accept_focus.

	* gdk/gdkwindow.h (gdk_window_set_accept_focus): New function to
	set it.

	* gtk/gtkwindow.[hc]: Add a boolean property "accept_focus"
	and gtk_window_get_focus() and gtk_window_set_focus().

	* gdk/win32/gdkwindow-win32.c (gdk_window_new):
	* gdk/linux-fb/gdkwindow-fb.c (gdk_window_new):
	* gdk/x11/gdkwindow-x11.c (gdk_window_set_new):
	Initialize the accept_focus field to TRUE.

	* gdk/win32/gdkwindow-win32.c (gdk_window_set_accept_focus):
	* gdk/linux-fb/gdkwindow-fb.c (gdk_window_set_accept_focus):
	* gdk/x11/gdkwindow-x11.c (gdk_window_set_accept_focus):
	Implementations for the various backends. The Win32 and linux-fb
	implementations set the accept_focus field, but don't use it yet
	to actually implement noinput windows. The X implementation updates
	the WM_HINTS to select the globally active input model (see the
	ICCCM) if accept_focus is FALSE.

	* gdk/x11/gdkevents-x11.c (gdk_wm_protocols_filter): Ignore the
	WM_TAKE_FOCUS message if accept_focus is FALSE.
2003-12-10 23:58:23 +00:00
Federico Mena Quintero c9c99b3f1b Added toolbar items for the filter separator and the filter item.
2003-12-10  Federico Mena Quintero  <federico@ximian.com>

	* gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c (struct _GtkFileChooserDefault):
	Added toolbar items for the filter separator and the filter item.
	(toolbar_create): Add the filter widgets here.
	(filter_create): Renamed from create_filter().  Don't store the
	alignment in the impl structure, just return it.
	(toolbar_show_filters): New function.
	(gtk_file_chooser_default_add_filter): Use toolbar_show_filters().
	(gtk_file_chooser_default_remove_filter): Likewise.
	(gtk_file_chooser_default_constructor): Don't create the filter
	widget here.
	(struct _GtkFileChooserDefault): Added a field for a current
	folder label.
	(gtk_file_chooser_default_constructor): Create the folder label.
	(gtk_file_chooser_default_set_current_folder): Set the current
	folder label.

	* tests/testfilechooser.c (main): Dramatically improved the
	usability of the extra widget through careful word choice.
2003-12-10 20:49:44 +00:00
Mark McLoughlin e09034088b include gdkspawn.h.
2003-12-10  Mark McLoughlin  <mark@skynet.ie>

        * gdk/gdk.h: include gdkspawn.h.
2003-12-10 17:04:58 +00:00
Mark McLoughlin b79642263f s/gdk_spawn/gdk_spawn_on_screen/.
2003-12-10  Mark McLoughlin  <mark@skynet.ie>

        * gdk/linux-fb/gdkspawn-fb.c,
          gdk/win32/gdkspawn-win32.c,
          gdk/x11/gdkspawn-x11.c: (gdk_spawn_command_line_on_screen):
        s/gdk_spawn/gdk_spawn_on_screen/.
2003-12-10 14:17:07 +00:00
Mark McLoughlin 01fcbc199f Utility functions for multi-screen applications which need to ensure
2003-12-10  Mark McLoughlin  <mark@skynet.ie>

        Utility functions for multi-screen applications which need
        to ensure launched applications appear on a certain screen.
        See bug #95897.

        * gdk/gdkspawn.h: header for multi-screen launching
        support.

        * gdk/Makefile.am: install gdkspawn.h.

        * gdk/x11/Makefile.am:
        * gdk/x11/gdkspawn-x11.c:
        (gdk_spawn_make_environment_for_screen): private function
        to create an environment vector with DISPLAY set appropriately
        for the screen.
        (gdk_spawn_on_screen): multi-screen version of g_spawn_async().
        (gdk_spawn_on_screen_with_pipes): version of g_spawn_async_with_pipes().
        (gdk_spawn_command_line_on_screen): version of g_spawn_command_line_async().

        * gdk/linux-fb/Makefile.am,
          gdk/linux-fb/gdkspawn-fb.c: linux-fb impl.

        * gdk/win32/Makefile.am,
          gdk/win32/gdkspawn-win32.c: win32 impl.
2003-12-10 13:49:58 +00:00
Dmitry Mastrukov 4b7e8e2ceb ru.po: Updated Russian translation from Russian team <gnome-cyr@gnome.org>. 2003-12-10 03:57:15 +00:00
Federico Mena Quintero 6a97a16921 Use "Home" rather than "Username's Home" (#125964).
2003-12-09  Federico Mena Quintero  <federico@ximian.com>

	* gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c (shortcuts_append_home): Use "Home"
	rather than "Username's Home" (#125964).
	(shortcuts_selection_changed_cb): New callback, check the
	sensitivity of the Remove Bookmark button at the right time.
	(shortcuts_row_activated_cb): It is not necessary to check the
	sensitivity here.
2003-12-10 03:46:30 +00:00
Matthias Clasen 3f6441ea3a Improve the GDK API for dealing with group leaders (#119375):
Wed Dec 10 00:06:24 2003  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	Improve the GDK API for dealing with group leaders (#119375):

	* gdk/gdkwindow.h:
	* gdk/x11/gdkwindow-x11.c (gdk_window_get_group): New function to
	get the group leader of a toplevel window as a GdkWindow.

	* gdk/gdkdisplay.h:
	* gdk/x11/gdkdisplay-x11.c (gdk_display_get_default_group): New
	function to get the default group leader as a GdkWindow.

	* gdk/x11/gdkdisplay-x11.h (struct _GdkDisplayX11): Add a field for
	the GdkWindow of the default group leader.

	* gdk/x11/gdkdisplay-x11.c (gdk_display_open): Construct the GdkWindow
	for the default group leader.
2003-12-09 23:12:53 +00:00
Noah Levitt 451c077578 Add keysyms Ukrainian_ghe_with_upturn, Ukrainian_GHE_WITH_UPTURN.
2003-12-09  Noah Levitt  <nlevitt@columbia.edu>

	* gdk/gdkkeysyms.h:
	* gdk/gdkkeyuni.c: Add keysyms Ukrainian_ghe_with_upturn,
	Ukrainian_GHE_WITH_UPTURN. (#128529)
2003-12-09 22:04:01 +00:00
Michael Meeks aa9aca5f35 fix utf-8 brokenness - apologies. 2003-12-09 11:45:33 +00:00
Jan Arne Petersen dd03351616 Use the behavior of the GtkFileSelection to determine selected paths in
2003-12-08  Jan Arne Petersen  <jpetersen@uni-bonn.de>

	* gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:
	(gtk_file_chooser_default_get_paths), (entry_activate): Use the
	behavior of the GtkFileSelection to determine selected paths in
	single selected, GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_ACTION_SAVE mode.

2003-12-08  Federico Mena Quintero  <federico@ximian.com>

	* gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c
	(gtk_file_chooser_default_get_paths): Don't declare the closure
	struct twice.
	(get_paths_foreach): Likewise.
2003-12-08 23:38:57 +00:00
Federico Mena Quintero 94dbe0c487 Recommitting changes that were moved aside to tag GTK_2_3_1
2003-12-08  Federico Mena Quintero  <federico@ximian.com>

        * gtk/migrating-GtkAction.sgml: New chapter about how to migrate
        from gnome-ui/bonobo-ui/etc. to GtkAction.

        * gtk/gtk-docs.sgml: Integrated the above.

        * gtk/Makefile.am (content_files): Added migrating-GtkAction.sgml.
2003-12-08 23:22:24 +00:00
Matthias Clasen 2e47029bfb s/Unix/Win32/g.
Tue Dec  9 00:12:36 2003  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gtk/gtkfilesystemwin32.[hc]: s/Unix/Win32/g.
2003-12-08 23:13:14 +00:00
Owen Taylor ad11e10be7 Add xdgmime directory, gtkfilesystemwin32.
Mon Dec  8 12:47:01 2003  Owen Taylor  <otaylor@redhat.com>

        * gtk/Makefile.am (IGNORE_HFILES): Add xdgmime directory,
        gtkfilesystemwin32.

        * gtk/gtk-sections.txt: Some updates.
2003-12-08 22:56:52 +00:00
Owen Taylor 85c05a86c0 === Released 2.3.1 ===
Mon Dec  8 10:54:44 2003  Owen Taylor  <otaylor@redhat.com>

        * === Released 2.3.1 ===

        * NEWS: Updates for 2.3.1

        * configure.in: Version 2.3.1, interface age 0, binary age 301.

        * gtk/gtkmenuitem.c (gtk_menu_item_can_activate_accel):
        Rename from gtk_menu_item_real_can_activate_accel() to
        match GTK+ convention, improve comment.

        * gtk/gtkwidget.c: Document gtk_widget_can_activate_accel(),
        can ::can-activate-accel signal.

        * gtk/gtkwidget.c (closure_accel_activate): Fix spelling
        in comment.

        * gtk/gtkmenu.c (gtk_menu_real_can_activate_accel): Clean
        up comment.

        * gtk/gtkcellview{,menuitem}.[ch]: Move GET_PRIVATE() macros
        into the .c file.

Mon Dec  8 12:09:21 2003  Owen Taylor  <otaylor@redhat.com>

        * gtk/gtkicontheme.c (find_builtin_icon): Fix a
        missing 'else'. (#128816, Jorn Baayen)
2003-12-08 22:55:03 +00:00
Tor Lillqvist dfddc20628 Use <multimon.h> when compiling with MSVC and old headers. (#126933, John
2003-12-08  Tor Lillqvist  <tml@iki.fi>

	* gdk/win32/gdkdisplay-win32.c: Use <multimon.h> when compiling
	with MSVC and old headers. (#126933, John Ehresman)
2003-12-08 22:43:51 +00:00
Owen Taylor 5b21e9ce26 === Released 2.3.1 ===
Mon Dec  8 10:54:44 2003  Owen Taylor  <otaylor@redhat.com>

        * === Released 2.3.1 ===

        * NEWS: Updates for 2.3.1

        * configure.in: Version 2.3.1, interface age 0, binary age 301.

        * gtk/gtkmenuitem.c (gtk_menu_item_can_activate_accel):
        Rename from gtk_menu_item_real_can_activate_accel() to
        match GTK+ convention, improve comment.

        * gtk/gtkwidget.c: Document gtk_widget_can_activate_accel(),
        can ::can-activate-accel signal.

        * gtk/gtkwidget.c (closure_accel_activate): Fix spelling
        in comment.

        * gtk/gtkmenu.c (gtk_menu_real_can_activate_accel): Clean
        up comment.

        * gtk/gtkcellview{,menuitem}.[ch]: Move GET_PRIVATE() macros
        into the .c file.

Mon Dec  8 12:09:21 2003  Owen Taylor  <otaylor@redhat.com>

        * gtk/gtkicontheme.c (find_builtin_icon): Fix a
        missing 'else'. (#128816, Jorn Baayen)
2003-12-08 22:31:32 +00:00
Federico Mena Quintero 4feada36e9 New chapter about how to migrate from gnome-ui/bonobo-ui/etc. to
2003-12-08  Federico Mena Quintero  <federico@ximian.com>

	* gtk/migrating-GtkAction.sgml: New chapter about how to migrate
	from gnome-ui/bonobo-ui/etc. to GtkAction.

	* gtk/gtk-docs.sgml: Integrated the above.

	* gtk/Makefile.am (content_files): Added migrating-GtkAction.sgml.
2003-12-08 22:28:27 +00:00
Matthias Clasen 073b4ed35b Actually commit RTL flipping changes for GtkNotebook which I already
ChangeLogged on Friday.
2003-12-08 21:07:17 +00:00
Michael Meeks fa3ca01b17 Based on a patch by Martin Kretzschmar; #122448
2003-12-02  Michael Meeks  <michael@ximian.com>

	Based on a patch by Martin Kretzschmar; #122448

	* gdk/gdk.h: new gdk_threads_lock, gdk_threads_unlock, point to
	implementation of GDK_THREADS_ENTER / GDK_THREADS_LEAVE.
	(GDK_THREADS_ENTER, GDK_THREADS_LEAVE): use gdk_threads_[un]lock
	function pointers. Deprecate the global gdk_threads_mutex variable.

	* gdk/gdk.c (gdk_threads_impl_lock, gdk_threads_impl_unlock): new,
	extracted from GTK_THREADS_ENTER/LEAVE macros.
	(gdk_threads_init): init gtk_threads_[un]lock if not set.
	(gdk_threads_set_lock_functions): impl.

	* gdk/gdkglobals.c: add definitions of gdk_threads_[un]lock.
2003-12-08 17:13:13 +00:00
Tim Janik 47f63b8cb2 fix comment typo 2003-12-08 16:02:25 +00:00
Miloslav Trmac 71b723ede2 Update Czech translation 2003-12-08 12:14:11 +00:00
Paisa Seeluangsawat d0b9c3b68d Added Thai (th) translation.
2003-12-07  Paisa Seeluangsawat  <paisa@users.sf.net>

        * th.po: Added Thai (th) translation.
2003-12-07 22:57:54 +00:00
Matthias Clasen ba288650cd Don't crash if icon_theme_builtin_icons hasn't been initialized. (#128726,
Sun Dec  7 23:45:40 2003  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gtk/gtkicontheme.c (gtk_icon_theme_has_icon): Don't crash if
	icon_theme_builtin_icons hasn't been initialized.  (#128726, Diego
	Gonzalez)
2003-12-07 22:53:22 +00:00
Duarte Loreto 3774da6083 Updated and revised Portuguese translation.
2003-12-07  Duarte Loreto <happyguy_pt@hotmail.com>

	* pt.po: Updated and revised Portuguese translation.
2003-12-07 15:35:34 +00:00
Tor Lillqvist 4b328c4753 Don't use the return value from SendMessage(WM_SETICON). That is the old
2003-12-07  Tor Lillqvist  <tml@iki.fi>

	* gdk/win32/gdkwindow-win32.c (gdk_window_set_icon): Don't use the
	return value from SendMessage(WM_SETICON). That is the old
	icon. Fixes GDI resource leak. (#128559, Tim Evans)
2003-12-07 11:03:08 +00:00
Tor Lillqvist 4e4748bc37 If we already have a pointer grab active with a grab cursor set, destroy
2003-12-07  Tor Lillqvist  <tml@iki.fi>

	* gdk/win32/gdkevents-win32.c (gdk_pointer_grab): If we already
	have a pointer grab active with a grab cursor set, destroy that
	cursor to avoid a GDI resource leak. (#128410, Tim Evans)
2003-12-07 06:56:30 +00:00
Paisa Seeluangsawat 05f3e9b9fb Added Thai (th) translation. Added Thai (th) to ALL_LINGUAS.
2003-12-05  Paisa Seeluangsawat  <paisa@users.sf.net>

        * th.po: Added Thai (th) translation.
        * configure.in: Added Thai (th) to ALL_LINGUAS.
2003-12-06 03:13:24 +00:00
Matthias Clasen 89f48d7189 Implement RTL flipping for GtkAlignment. (#127585)
Sat Dec  6 01:42:04 2003  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gtk/gtkalignment.c (gtk_alignment_size_allocate): Implement
	RTL flipping for GtkAlignment.  (#127585)
2003-12-06 00:41:38 +00:00
Matthias Clasen 5795c83cb3 Fix the position of the popup window when in RTL mode. (#127578)
Sat Dec  6 01:13:09 2003  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gtk/gtkcombo.c (gtk_combo_get_pos): Fix the position of the
	popup window when in RTL mode.  (#127578)
2003-12-06 00:12:46 +00:00
Manish Singh 532062df96 Applied patch from Ross McFarland <rwmcfa1@neces.com>, initialize *count_p
Fri Dec  5 15:30:16 2003  Manish Singh  <yosh@gimp.org>

        * gtk/gtkaccelgroup.c (quick_accel_find): Applied patch from
        Ross McFarland <rwmcfa1@neces.com>, initialize *count_p to 0
        before doing anything to prevent garbage returns.
2003-12-05 23:33:59 +00:00
Matthias Clasen 8ad788e914 Implement RTL flipping for GtkViewport: Adjust the "gravity" when resizing
Sat Dec  6 00:23:46 2003  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gtk/gtkviewport.c: Implement RTL flipping for
	GtkViewport: Adjust the "gravity" when resizing
	This is a bit flickery in RTL mode.  (#107526)

Sat Dec  6 00:22:14 2003  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c: Implement RTL flipping for
	GtkScrolledWindow: the vertical scrollbar shows up on the left
	side in RTL mode.  (#107526)
2003-12-05 23:31:51 +00:00
Christian Neumair d861261bc2 Updated German translation. 2003-12-05 14:42:50 +00:00
Mark McLoughlin 7dac6a2b01 Allow gtk_label_set_attributes() take NULL. See bug #128517.
2003-12-04  Mark McLoughlin  <mark@skynet.ie>

        * gtk/gtklabel.c: (gtk_label_set_attributes_internal): Allow
        gtk_label_set_attributes() take NULL. See bug #128517.
2003-12-04 18:17:23 +00:00
Vincent van Adrighem fe8219eb23 Dutch translation updated by Tino Meinen.
2003-12-04   Vincent van Adrighem  <adrighem@gnome.org>

	* nl.po: Dutch translation updated by Tino Meinen.
2003-12-04 15:34:22 +00:00
Federico Mena Quintero ec3cf84bc1 Removed the in_change flag. (completion_idle_callback): Use a temporary
2003-12-03  Federico Mena Quintero  <federico@ximian.com>

	* gtk/gtkfilechooserentry.c (struct _GtkFileChooserEntry): Removed
	the in_change flag.
	(completion_idle_callback): Use a temporary list store and re-set
	it on the completion rather than modifying the old one.  We are
	re-reading the folder anyway, and this gets rid of non-atomicity
	problems.
2003-12-04 02:13:27 +00:00
Miloslav Trmac 2917a471d2 Update Czech translation 2003-12-03 19:14:54 +00:00
Vincent van Adrighem 063511d4e7 Dutch translation updated by Tino Meinen.
2003-12-03   Vincent van Adrighem  <adrighem@gnome.org>

	* nl.po: Dutch translation updated by Tino Meinen.
2003-12-03 17:43:06 +00:00
Sanlig Badral 5f2c94857a Updated Mongolian translation 2003-12-03 09:55:20 +00:00
Danilo Šegan 795296f150 Updated Serbian translation.
2003-12-03  Danilo Šegan  <dsegan@gmx.net>

	* sr.po, sr@Latn.po: Updated Serbian translation.

	* POTFILES.in: Added gtk/gtkfilesystemwin32.c.
2003-12-03 03:17:25 +00:00
Åsmund Skjæveland 1c29715834 Updated Norwegian Nynorsk translation.
2003-12-02  Åsmund Skjæveland  <aasmunds@fys.uio.no>

	* nn.po: Updated Norwegian Nynorsk translation.
2003-12-02 08:54:18 +00:00
Federico Mena Quintero bfa64d0cde Decouple impl->current_folder from the selection in the folder tree. This
2003-12-01  Federico Mena Quintero  <federico@ximian.com>

	Decouple impl->current_folder from the selection in the folder
	tree.  This is so that going to /home/federico/.foo (e.g. from a
	bookmark) will work even if show_hidden == FALSE.  The folder tree
	needs to be fixed in this case to show such folders explicitly.

	* gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c
	(gtk_file_chooser_default_set_current_folder): When changing
	folders, do the entry and list model work here, instead of
	tree_selection_changed().
	(struct _GtkFileChooserDefault): Added a changing_folder flag
	again, dum de dum.
	(tree_selection_changed): Use _gtk_file_chooser_set_current_folder_path().
2003-12-02 04:23:06 +00:00
Matthias Clasen 6cb4ec86a9 Remove duplicate declaration of gtk_icon_source_set_icon_name(). (#Jeff
Tue Dec  2 01:01:54 2003  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gtk/gtkiconfactory.h: Remove duplicate declaration of
	gtk_icon_source_set_icon_name().  (#Jeff Franks, #128269)
2003-12-02 00:18:43 +00:00
Vincent van Adrighem 5bfa535924 Dutch translation updated by Tino Meinen.
2003-12-01   Vincent van Adrighem  <adrighem@gnome.org>

	* nl.po: Dutch translation updated by Tino Meinen.
2003-12-01 22:44:08 +00:00
Federico Mena Quintero c5dc8cf660 Patch from Hans-Petter Jansson <hpj@ximian.com> to align the bookmarks
2003-12-01  Federico Mena Quintero  <federico@ximian.com>

	Patch from Hans-Petter Jansson <hpj@ximian.com> to align the
	bookmarks buttons with the location entry.

	* gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c
	(gtk_file_chooser_default_constructor): Use a GtkSizeGroup for the
	bookmarks buttons and the location entry.
2003-12-01 18:57:17 +00:00
cinamod 4f42c35a0c fix expander's +/- part coloration 2003-12-01 18:56:34 +00:00
Federico Mena Quintero 3efec0d69e Set the shortcuts tree as a drag destination.
2003-12-01  Federico Mena Quintero  <federico@ximian.com>

	* gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c (create_shortcuts_tree): Set the
	shortcuts tree as a drag destination.
	(shortcuts_drag_data_received_cb): New callback.
	(get_file_info): Also fetch information on whether the file is a folder.
	(add_bookmark_button_clicked_cb): Use error_could_not_add_bookmark_dialog().
	(error_could_not_add_bookmark_dialog): New function.
	(shortcuts_add_bookmark_from_path): New helper function.
	(add_bookmark_button_clicked_cb): Use shortcuts_add_bookmark_from_path().
	(shortcuts_row_activated): We no longer need the changing_folder flag.
	(struct _GtkFileChooserDefault): Likewise.
2003-12-01 15:33:37 +00:00
Soeren Sandmann 08529cdee7 return TRUE if there are disappearing placeholders that are still visible.
Sun Nov 30 17:31:32 2003  Soeren Sandmann  <sandmann@daimi.au.dk>

	* gtk/gtktoolbar.c (slide_idle_handler): return TRUE if there are
	disappearing placeholders that are still visible.

	* gtk/gtktoolbar.c: formatting fixes

	* gtk/gtktoolbar.c (struct _ToolbarContent): new bit:
	disappearing, for placeholders that are going to disappear.

	* gtk/gtktoolbar.c (get_item_size): return 0 for disappearing placeholders
2003-11-30 16:37:38 +00:00
Jonathan Blandford b49f713fb2 Patch from <chinen@jp.ibm.com> to handle RTL support for column resizers,
Sat Nov 29 00:55:28 2003  Jonathan Blandford  <jrb@gnome.org>

	* gtk/gtktreeview.c (gtk_tree_view_new_column_width):
	* gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c (_gtk_tree_view_column_realize_button):
	Patch from <chinen@jp.ibm.com> to handle RTL support for column
	resizers, #127874
2003-11-29 06:16:11 +00:00
Matthias Clasen 6f9b92150f Don't use freed memory. (#127698, Taavi Talvik)
Fri Nov 28 00:26:24 2003  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gtk/gtkfilesystemmodel.c (gtk_file_system_model_finalize):
	Don't use freed memory.  (#127698, Taavi Talvik)
2003-11-27 23:27:40 +00:00
Matthias Clasen a2ea36c055 Remove debug g_print()s.
Fri Nov 28 00:09:10 2003  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gtk/gtkfilechooserentry.c: Remove debug g_print()s.
2003-11-27 23:08:51 +00:00
Matthias Clasen c9fca58458 Remove debug define.
Thu Nov 27 22:17:50 2003  Matthias Clasen  <maclas@gmx.de>

	* gtk/gtkuimanager.c: Remove debug define.
2003-11-27 21:17:41 +00:00
Tim Janik 448b576dc1 allow accel activation depending on sensitivity and the attach widget.
Thu Nov 27 16:19:03 2003  Tim Janik  <timj@gtk.org>

        * gtk/gtkmenu.c: allow accel activation depending on sensitivity
        and the attach widget.

        * gtk/gtkmenuitem.c: allow accel activation depending on visibility,
        sensitivity and the parent menu.

        * gtk/gtkwidget.[hc]: introduced ::can-activate-accel signal which
        checks whether accelerators may activate a widget. the default handler
        demands the widget be sensitive and visible+viewable.

        * gtk/gtkaccelgroup.[hc]: export gtk_accel_group_activate().
2003-11-27 15:51:32 +00:00
cinamod 6e63e7f75a fix coloration in several gimp widgets 2003-11-26 18:03:14 +00:00
Miloslav Trmac f2f0450795 Update Czech translation 2003-11-25 15:41:36 +00:00
531 changed files with 349705 additions and 277380 deletions
+1744 -7
View File
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
+1744 -7
View File
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
+1744 -7
View File
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
+1744 -7
View File
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
+1744 -7
View File
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
+2 -2
View File
@@ -22,8 +22,8 @@ GTK+ requires the following packages:
Simple install procedure
========================
% gzip -cd gtk+-2.3.0.tar.gz | tar xvf - # unpack the sources
% cd gtk+-2.3.0 # change to the toplevel directory
% gzip -cd gtk+-2.3.2.tar.gz | tar xvf - # unpack the sources
% cd gtk+-2.3.2 # change to the toplevel directory
% ./configure # run the `configure' script
% make # build GTK
[ Become root if necessary ]
+1 -1
View File
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
## Makefile.am for GTK+
SRC_SUBDIRS = gdk-pixbuf gdk gtk modules demos tests contrib
SUBDIRS = po $(SRC_SUBDIRS) docs build m4macros
SUBDIRS = po po-properties $(SRC_SUBDIRS) docs build m4macros
# require automake 1.4
AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = 1.7
+131 -1
View File
@@ -1,3 +1,133 @@
Overview of Changes from GTK+ 2.3.1 to GTK+ 2.3.2
=================================================
* GdkPixbuf
- Add functions to save pixbufs to non-file locations. [Tim Evans]
- Add a function to determine the type and size of a file without
loading it completely. [Matthias Clasen]
- Turn pixbuf attributes into construct-only properties. [Matthias]
- Fix building gdk-pixbuf with --disable-modules --with-included-loaders.
[Matthias, Owen Taylor]
* Fix the logic for changing the toplevelness of a window. [Soeren Sandmann]
* Do not interpret distant clicks as double clicks, using a
new double-click-distance setting. [Matthias]
* Improve the GDK API for dealing with group leaders. [Matthias]
* Utility function for application launching in multi-screen scenarios.
[Mark McLoughlin]
* Support big and small and alpha-blended icons under Win32. [Tim Evans]
* Misc Win32 improvements [Tor Lillquist, Hans]
* GtkFileChooser [Federico]
- Fix new filename entry in Save mode [Jan Arne Petersen]
- Improved the look of GtkFileChooserDefault. [Tuomas Kuosmanen]
- Added support for file system volumes such as CD-ROMs,
floppies, and network shares.
- Add a "New Folder" button for Save mode in GtkFileChooser.
- Better support for Folder mode.
* GtkTreeView
- Speed up by adding a fixed height mode. [Kristian Rietveld]
- Add a single-paragraph mode and a language property to
GtkCellRendererText [Kristian Rietveld]
- Add a editing-canceled signal to GtkCellRenderer [Federico Mena Quintero]
- Misc GtkTreeView bug fixes [Kristian, Soeren, Jonathan Blandford]
* Add a way to list the supported targets of a clipboard. [Dom Lachowicz]
* Add stock icons: harddisk, indent, unindent. [Hans Breuer, Jody Goldberg]
* Improve the GtkCalendar drawing code. [Matthias]
* GtkCalendar supports starting the week on any day [Matthias]
* Make GtkToolbar compatible with 2.2 again [Soeren]
* Misc GtkToolbar fixes and API improvements [Christian Persch,
Olivar Avramchenko, Jody, Soeren]
* Misc GtkUIManager fixes and API improvements. [Jody, Matthias, Jeff Franks]
* Add a way to lock individual accelerator paths [Matthias]
* Add gtk_menu_shell_cancel() to emit the "cancel" signal on
a menu shell. [Matthias]
* Fix dynamic menus. [Matthias, Michael Meeks]
* Add xalign, yalign properties to GtkButton. [Jody]
* Implement or improve RTL support in GtkComboBox, GtkCellView,
GtkViewport [Semion Chichelnitsky, Matthias, Kristian]
* Support for "no focus" windows. [Matthias]
* Documentation improvements [Matthias, Federico, Manish, Murray Cumming,
Theppitak Karoonboonyanan]
* FAQ updates [Tony Gale]
* Split the translations into two domains: ui strings and
error messages go to gtk20, property nicks and blurbs to
gtk20-properties. [Matthias]
* New and updated translations (af,ar,bn,br,cs,cy,da,de,es,et,fa,fr,ga,hr,
it,ja,ko,lt,mn,ms,nl,nn,no,pl,pt,pt_BR,ru,sr,sr@Latn,sv,sq,wa)
Other contributors: Olivier Andrieu, Herman Bloggs, Anders Carlsson,
Marco Pesenti Gritti, Bill Haneman, Alexander Larsson, Noah Levitt,
Kjartan Maraas, Evan Martin, Tim-Philipp Müller, Christian Neumair,
Joshua N Pritikin, Sebastian Rittau, Daniel Rogers, Manish Singh,
Torsten Schoenfeld, Alexander Winston, Johannes Weißl, Morten Welinder,
Adam Wright
Overview of Changes in GTK+-2.3.1
=================================
* Improve sanity checks on gdk-pixbuf loaders [Matthias Clasen]
* GDK
- Add GDK_DEBUG=xinerama that fakes a 2x2 Xinerama mode [Matthias]
- Make gdk_drawable_copy_to_image public [Matthias, Peter Zelezny]
* Misc Win32 bug fixes [Tor Lillqvist, John Ehresman, Tim Evans]
* Action-based menu/toolbar API [Matthias]
- Add "name" construct-only parameter to GtkActionGroup
- Bug fixes [Marco Pesenti Gritti, Christian Persch]
* Change ranges for Saturation/Value to be 0-100 in GtkColorSelection
[Gregory Merchan, Matthias]
* GtkComboBox [Kristian Rietveld]
- Make model and text_column properties not construct-only [Murray Cumming]
- Fix sizing
- Add mouse wheel support [Matthias]
* Various GtkEntryCompletion bug fixes [Kristian, Piers Cornwell, Marco]
* GtkExpander
- Add a "use_markup" property, gtk_expander_set/get_use_markup
- Fix bugs when unrealizing/destroying [Mark McLoughlin]
* GtkFileChooser [Federico Mena Quintero]
- Add a GtkFileSystemWin32 [Hans]
- Use GtkEntryCompletion in GtkFileChooserEntry
- Add a render_icon to GtkFileSystemIface to allow the
GnomeVFS backend to supply appropriate icons
- Improve selection handling in bookmarks list [Federico, Owen Taylor]
- Support drops on the bookmarks list
- Display error dialogs on failed operations
- Many UI tweaks [Federico, Iain Holmes,Hans-Petter Jansson]
- Ignore filters for folders [Dave Malcom]
- Misc file chooser bug fixes [Owen, Christian Persch, Taavi Talvik]
* Menus
- Make torn-off menus transient-for the window they were torn from
[Matthias, Jon-Kare Hellan]
- Fix menu positioning for Xinerama, add gtk_menu_set_monitor()
for use by position functions [Matthias]
- Tweak menu delay parameters, add a default width [Soeren Sandmann]
* Make g_message_dialog_new_with_markup() automatically escape
arguments, add g_message_dialog_set_markup() [Owen]
* Add read-only min-position/max-position properties to GtkPaned
* GtkToolbar [Soeren]
- Support gaps in the toolbar with expand=true/draw=false separators
- Improve drop-location preview handling
- Take a GtkRadioToolButton as the parameter to
gtk_radio_tool_button_new_from_widget [Murray Cumming]
- Many misc toolbar bug fixes [Soeren, Marco]
* GtkTreeView bug fixes [Morten Welinder, David Hampton]
* Add gtk_window_is_active()/gtk_has_toplevel_focus() getters
to go along with properties [Owen Taylor]
* Add gtk_widget_can_activate_accel() / ::can-activate-accel
signal to fix handling of accelerators on insensitive parent
menu-items. [Tim Janik]. (*Note*: the details here will probably
change, since similar problems for mnemonics aren't handled.)
* Implement or improve RTL support in GtkAlignment, GtkCombo,
GtkNotebook, GtkScrolledWindow, GtkTreeView, GtkViewport.
[IBM L3 NLS Support Team]
* Fix string setters for self-assignment [Matthias, Soeren]
* Finish multi-head handling in gtk-demo [Matthias]
* Fix install rules for generating gdk-pixbuf.loaders [Manish Singh]
* Reference doc improvements [Matthias, Soeren,
Federico Mena Quintero, Michael Natterer, Owen Taylor, Olexiy Avramchenko]
* FAQ updates [Tony Gale]
* New and updated translations (ca,cs,cy,de,el,es,ja,mn,nl,nn,no,pl,pt,sr,
sr@Latn,sv,th)
Other contributors: Jorn Baayen,Damon Chaplin, Jeff Franks, Diego Gonzalez,
Richard Hult, Egmont Koblinger, Thomas Leonard, Ross McFarland,
Padraig O'Briain, Tomas Ögren, Danilo Segan
Overview of Changes from GTK+-2.2.x to GTK+-2.3.0
=================================================
@@ -104,7 +234,7 @@ Overview of Changes from GTK+-2.2.x to GTK+-2.3.0
- Allow "none" to be set for input method GtkSettings [Hidetoshi Tajima]
- Convert build system to automake-1.7; many cleanups and
improvements. [James Henstridge, Owen]
- Win32 fixes for new widgets [Hans Breuer]
- Win32 fixes for new widgets [Hans]
- Add right-to-left variants of some stock icons [Matthias]
* Documentation
+1 -1
View File
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
General Information
===================
This is GTK+ version 2.3.0. GTK+ is a multi-platform toolkit for
This is GTK+ version 2.3.2. GTK+ is a multi-platform toolkit for
creating graphical user interfaces. Offering a complete set of widgets,
GTK+ is suitable for projects ranging from small one-off projects to
complete application suites.
+8 -4
View File
@@ -12,11 +12,11 @@ AC_PREREQ(2.54)
m4_define([gtk_major_version], [2])
m4_define([gtk_minor_version], [3])
m4_define([gtk_micro_version], [0])
m4_define([gtk_micro_version], [2])
m4_define([gtk_version],
[gtk_major_version.gtk_minor_version.gtk_micro_version])
m4_define([gtk_interface_age], [0])
m4_define([gtk_binary_age], [300])
m4_define([gtk_binary_age], [302])
# This is the X.Y used in -lgtk-FOO-X.Y
m4_define([gtk_api_version], [2.0])
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ m4_define([gtk_api_version], [2.0])
m4_define([gtk_binary_version], [2.2.0])
# required versions of other packages
m4_define([glib_required_version], [2.3.0])
m4_define([glib_required_version], [2.3.2])
m4_define([pango_required_version], [1.2.0])
m4_define([atk_required_version], [1.0.1])
@@ -396,9 +396,12 @@ AC_SUBST(STRIP_BEGIN)
AC_SUBST(STRIP_END)
# i18n stuff
ALL_LINGUAS="am ar az be bg ca cs cy da de el en_GB es et eu fa fi fr ga gl he hi hr hu ia id it ja ko li lt lv mk ml mn ms ne nl nn no pl pt pt_BR ro ru sk sl sq sr sr@Latn sv ta tr uk uz uz@Cyrl vi wa yi zh_CN zh_TW"
ALL_LINGUAS="af am ar az be bg bn br ca cs cy da de el en_GB es et eu fa fi fr ga gl he hi hr hu ia id it ja ko li lt lv mk ml mn ms ne nl nn no pl pt pt_BR ro ru sk sl sq sr sr@Latn sv ta th tr uk uz uz@Cyrl vi wa yi zh_CN zh_TW"
AM_GLIB_GNU_GETTEXT
LIBS="$LIBS $INTLLIBS"
AC_OUTPUT_COMMANDS([case "$CONFIG_FILES" in *po-properties/Makefile.in*)
sed -e "/POTFILES =/r po-properties/POTFILES" po-properties/Makefile.in > po-properties/Makefile
esac])
AM_GLIB_DEFINE_LOCALEDIR(GTK_LOCALEDIR)
@@ -1540,6 +1543,7 @@ gdk-2.0-uninstalled.pc
gtk+-2.0-uninstalled.pc
m4macros/Makefile
po/Makefile.in
po-properties/Makefile.in
build/Makefile
build/win32/Makefile
build/win32/dirent/Makefile
+1
View File
@@ -12,6 +12,7 @@ demos = \
dialog.c \
drawingarea.c \
editable_cells.c \
entry_completion.c \
hypertext.c \
images.c \
list_store.c \
+97
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,97 @@
/* Entry Completion
*
* GtkEntryCompletion provides a mechanism for adding support for
* completion in GtkEntry.
*
*/
#include <gtk/gtk.h>
static GtkWidget *window = NULL;
/* Creates a tree model containing the completions */
GtkTreeModel *
create_completion_model (void)
{
GtkListStore *store;
GtkTreeIter iter;
store = gtk_list_store_new (1, G_TYPE_STRING);
/* Append one word */
gtk_list_store_append (store, &iter);
gtk_list_store_set (store, &iter, 0, "GNOME", -1);
/* Append another word */
gtk_list_store_append (store, &iter);
gtk_list_store_set (store, &iter, 0, "total", -1);
/* And another word */
gtk_list_store_append (store, &iter);
gtk_list_store_set (store, &iter, 0, "totally", -1);
return GTK_TREE_MODEL (store);
}
GtkWidget *
do_entry_completion (GtkWidget *do_widget)
{
GtkWidget *vbox;
GtkWidget *label;
GtkWidget *entry;
GtkEntryCompletion *completion;
GtkTreeModel *completion_model;
if (!window)
{
window = gtk_dialog_new_with_buttons ("GtkEntryCompletion",
GTK_WINDOW (do_widget),
0,
GTK_STOCK_CLOSE,
GTK_RESPONSE_NONE,
NULL);
gtk_window_set_resizable (GTK_WINDOW (window), FALSE);
g_signal_connect (window, "response",
G_CALLBACK (gtk_widget_destroy), NULL);
g_signal_connect (window, "destroy",
G_CALLBACK (gtk_widget_destroyed), &window);
vbox = gtk_vbox_new (FALSE, 5);
gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (GTK_DIALOG (window)->vbox), vbox, TRUE, TRUE, 0);
gtk_container_set_border_width (GTK_CONTAINER (vbox), 5);
label = gtk_label_new (NULL);
gtk_label_set_markup (GTK_LABEL (label), "Completion demo, try writing <b>total</b> or <b>gnome</b> for example.");
gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (vbox), label, FALSE, FALSE, 0);
/* Create our entry */
entry = gtk_entry_new ();
gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (vbox), entry, FALSE, FALSE, 0);
/* Create the completion object */
completion = gtk_entry_completion_new ();
/* Assign the completion to the entry */
gtk_entry_set_completion (GTK_ENTRY (entry), completion);
g_object_unref (completion);
/* Create a tree model and use it as the completion model */
completion_model = create_completion_model ();
gtk_entry_completion_set_model (completion, completion_model);
g_object_unref (completion_model);
/* Use model column 0 as the text column */
gtk_entry_completion_set_text_column (completion, 0);
}
if (!GTK_WIDGET_VISIBLE (window))
gtk_widget_show_all (window);
else
gtk_widget_destroy (window);
return window;
}
+180 -28
View File
@@ -67,18 +67,96 @@ compare_pixbufs (GdkPixbuf *pixbuf, GdkPixbuf *compare, const gchar *file_type)
}
}
static gboolean
save_to_loader (const gchar *buf, gsize count, GError **err, gpointer data)
{
GdkPixbufLoader *loader = data;
return gdk_pixbuf_loader_write (loader, buf, count, err);
}
static GdkPixbuf *
buffer_to_pixbuf (const gchar *buf, gsize count, GError **err)
{
GdkPixbufLoader *loader;
GdkPixbuf *pixbuf;
loader = gdk_pixbuf_loader_new ();
if (gdk_pixbuf_loader_write (loader, buf, count, err) &&
gdk_pixbuf_loader_close (loader, err)) {
pixbuf = g_object_ref (gdk_pixbuf_loader_get_pixbuf (loader));
g_object_unref (G_OBJECT (loader));
return pixbuf;
} else {
return NULL;
}
}
static void
do_compare (GdkPixbuf *pixbuf, GdkPixbuf *compare, GError *err)
{
if (compare == NULL) {
fprintf (stderr, "%s", err->message);
g_error_free (err);
} else {
compare_pixbufs (pixbuf, compare, "jpeg");
g_object_unref (compare);
}
}
static void
keypress_check (GtkWidget *widget, GdkEventKey *evt, gpointer data)
{
GdkPixbuf *pixbuf;
GtkDrawingArea *da = (GtkDrawingArea*)data;
GError *err = NULL;
gchar *buffer;
gsize count;
GdkPixbufLoader *loader;
pixbuf = (GdkPixbuf *) g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (da), "pixbuf");
if (evt->keyval == 'q')
gtk_main_quit ();
if (evt->keyval == 's') {
if (evt->keyval == 's' && (evt->state & GDK_CONTROL_MASK)) {
/* save to callback */
if (pixbuf == NULL) {
fprintf (stderr, "PIXBUF NULL\n");
return;
}
loader = gdk_pixbuf_loader_new ();
if (!gdk_pixbuf_save_to_callback (pixbuf, save_to_loader, loader, "jpeg",
&err,
"quality", "100",
NULL) ||
!gdk_pixbuf_loader_close (loader, &err)) {
fprintf (stderr, "%s", err->message);
g_error_free (err);
} else {
do_compare (pixbuf,
g_object_ref (gdk_pixbuf_loader_get_pixbuf (loader)),
err);
g_object_unref (G_OBJECT (loader));
}
}
else if (evt->keyval == 'S') {
/* save to buffer */
if (!gdk_pixbuf_save_to_buffer (pixbuf, &buffer, &count, "jpeg",
&err,
"quality", "100",
NULL)) {
fprintf (stderr, "%s", err->message);
g_error_free (err);
} else {
do_compare (pixbuf,
buffer_to_pixbuf (buffer, count, &err),
err);
}
}
else if (evt->keyval == 's') {
/* save normally */
if (pixbuf == NULL) {
fprintf (stderr, "PIXBUF NULL\n");
return;
@@ -91,20 +169,49 @@ keypress_check (GtkWidget *widget, GdkEventKey *evt, gpointer data)
fprintf (stderr, "%s", err->message);
g_error_free (err);
} else {
GdkPixbuf *compare;
compare = gdk_pixbuf_new_from_file ("foo.jpg", &err);
if (!compare) {
fprintf (stderr, "%s", err->message);
g_error_free (err);
} else {
compare_pixbufs (pixbuf, compare, "jpeg");
g_object_unref (compare);
}
do_compare (pixbuf,
gdk_pixbuf_new_from_file ("foo.jpg", &err),
err);
}
} else if (evt->keyval == 'p') {
}
if (evt->keyval == 'p' && (evt->state & GDK_CONTROL_MASK)) {
/* save to callback */
if (pixbuf == NULL) {
fprintf (stderr, "PIXBUF NULL\n");
return;
}
loader = gdk_pixbuf_loader_new ();
if (!gdk_pixbuf_save_to_callback (pixbuf, save_to_loader, loader, "png",
&err,
"tEXt::Software", "testpixbuf-save",
NULL)
|| !gdk_pixbuf_loader_close (loader, &err)) {
fprintf (stderr, "%s", err->message);
g_error_free (err);
} else {
do_compare (pixbuf,
g_object_ref (gdk_pixbuf_loader_get_pixbuf (loader)),
err);
g_object_unref (G_OBJECT (loader));
}
}
else if (evt->keyval == 'P') {
/* save to buffer */
if (!gdk_pixbuf_save_to_buffer (pixbuf, &buffer, &count, "png",
&err,
"tEXt::Software", "testpixbuf-save",
NULL)) {
fprintf (stderr, "%s", err->message);
g_error_free (err);
} else {
do_compare (pixbuf,
buffer_to_pixbuf (buffer, count, &err),
err);
}
}
else if (evt->keyval == 'p') {
if (pixbuf == NULL) {
fprintf (stderr, "PIXBUF NULL\n");
return;
@@ -117,20 +224,65 @@ keypress_check (GtkWidget *widget, GdkEventKey *evt, gpointer data)
fprintf (stderr, "%s", err->message);
g_error_free (err);
} else {
GdkPixbuf *compare;
compare = gdk_pixbuf_new_from_file ("foo.png", &err);
if (!compare) {
fprintf (stderr, "%s", err->message);
g_error_free (err);
} else {
compare_pixbufs (pixbuf, compare, "png");
g_object_unref (compare);
}
do_compare(pixbuf,
gdk_pixbuf_new_from_file ("foo.png", &err),
err);
}
} else if (evt->keyval == 'a') {
}
if (evt->keyval == 'i' && (evt->state & GDK_CONTROL_MASK)) {
/* save to callback */
if (pixbuf == NULL) {
fprintf (stderr, "PIXBUF NULL\n");
return;
}
loader = gdk_pixbuf_loader_new ();
if (!gdk_pixbuf_save_to_callback (pixbuf, save_to_loader, loader, "ico",
&err,
NULL)
|| !gdk_pixbuf_loader_close (loader, &err)) {
fprintf (stderr, "%s", err->message);
g_error_free (err);
} else {
do_compare (pixbuf,
g_object_ref (gdk_pixbuf_loader_get_pixbuf (loader)),
err);
g_object_unref (G_OBJECT (loader));
}
}
else if (evt->keyval == 'I') {
/* save to buffer */
if (!gdk_pixbuf_save_to_buffer (pixbuf, &buffer, &count, "ico",
&err,
NULL)) {
fprintf (stderr, "%s", err->message);
g_error_free (err);
} else {
do_compare (pixbuf,
buffer_to_pixbuf (buffer, count, &err),
err);
}
}
else if (evt->keyval == 'i') {
if (pixbuf == NULL) {
fprintf (stderr, "PIXBUF NULL\n");
return;
}
if (!gdk_pixbuf_save (pixbuf, "foo.ico", "ico",
&err,
NULL)) {
fprintf (stderr, "%s", err->message);
g_error_free (err);
} else {
do_compare(pixbuf,
gdk_pixbuf_new_from_file ("foo.ico", &err),
err);
}
}
if (evt->keyval == 'a') {
if (pixbuf == NULL) {
fprintf (stderr, "PIXBUF NULL\n");
return;
+53 -47
View File
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
<book>
<bookinfo>
<date>November 24th 2003</date>
<date>January 14th 2004</date>
<title>GTK+ FAQ</title>
<authorgroup>
<author>
@@ -976,7 +976,7 @@ url="ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/make/">ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/make/</ulink>).</para>
<sect1>
<title>I want to add some configure stuff, how could I do
this?</title>
this? <emphasis>[GTK 2.x]</emphasis></title>
<para>To use autoconf/automake, you must first install the
relevant packages. These are:</para>
@@ -985,10 +985,10 @@ relevant packages. These are:</para>
<listitem><simpara>the m4 preprocessor v1.4 or better</simpara>
</listitem>
<listitem><simpara>autoconf v2.13 or better</simpara>
<listitem><simpara>autoconf v2.54 or better</simpara>
</listitem>
<listitem><simpara>automake v1.4 or better</simpara>
<listitem><simpara>automake v1.7 or better suggested</simpara>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
@@ -1003,20 +1003,20 @@ you must create a configure.in which may look like:</para>
dnl Process this file with autoconf to produce a configure script.
dnl configure.in for a GTK+ based program
AC_INIT(myprg.c)dnl
AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(mypkgname,0.0.1)dnl
AM_CONFIG_HEADER(config.h)dnl
AC_INIT(myprg.c)
AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(mypkgname, 0.0.1)
AM_CONFIG_HEADER(config.h)
dnl Checks for programs.
AC_PROG_CC dnl check for the c compiler
dnl you should add CFLAGS="" here, 'cos it is set to -g by PROG_CC
dnl Checks for libraries.
AM_PATH_GTK(1.2.0,,AC_MSG_ERROR(mypkgname 0.1 needs GTK))dnl
AM_PATH_GTK_2_0(2.2.0,,AC_MSG_ERROR(mypkgname 0.1 needs GTK+ 2.2.0))
AC_OUTPUT(
Makefile
)dnl
)
</programlisting>
<para>You must add a Makefile.am file:</para>
@@ -1469,7 +1469,7 @@ in a priority of G_PRIORITY_HIGH.</para>
<sect1>
<title>Why does this strange 'x io error' occur when I
<literal>fork()</literal> in my GTK+ app?</title>
<literal>fork()</literal> in my GTK+ app? <emphasis>[GTK 2.x]</emphasis></title>
<para>This is not really a GTK+ problem, and the problem is
not related to <literal>fork()</literal> either. If the 'x io
@@ -1490,13 +1490,15 @@ illustrate handling fork() and exit().</para>
<programlisting role="C">
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
* Filename: gtk-fork.c
* Version: 0.99.1
* Version: 0.99.2
* Copyright: Copyright (C) 1999, Erik Mouw
* Author: Erik Mouw &lt;J.A.K.Mouw@its.tudelft.nl&gt;
* Description: GTK+ fork example
* Created at: Thu Sep 23 21:37:55 1999
* Modified by: Erik Mouw &lt;J.A.K.Mouw@its.tudelft.nl&gt;
* Modified at: Thu Sep 23 22:39:39 1999
* Modified by: Tony Gale &lt;gale@gtk.org&gt;
* Modified at: Wed Jan 14 12:38:00 2004
*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
/*
* Compile with:
@@ -1525,7 +1527,7 @@ void sigchld_handler(int num)
sigprocmask(SIG_BLOCK, &amp;set, &amp;oldset);
/* wait for child */
while((pid = waitpid((pid_t)-1, &amp;status, WNOHANG)) > 0)
while((pid = waitpid((pid_t)-1, &amp;status, WNOHANG)) &gt; 0)
{
if(WIFEXITED(status))
{
@@ -1622,13 +1624,13 @@ int main(int argc, char *argv[])
*/
window = gtk_window_new(GTK_WINDOW_TOPLEVEL);
gtk_signal_connect(GTK_OBJECT (window), "delete_event",
GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC(delete_event), NULL);
g_signal_connect(G_OBJECT (window), "delete_event",
G_CALLBACK(delete_event), NULL);
gtk_signal_connect(GTK_OBJECT (window), "destroy",
GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC(destroy), NULL);
g_signal_connect(G_OBJECT (window), "destroy",
G_CALLBACK(destroy), NULL);
#if (GTK_MAJOR_VERSION == 1) && (GTK_MINOR_VERSION == 0)
#if (GTK_MAJOR_VERSION == 1) &amp;&amp; (GTK_MINOR_VERSION == 0)
gtk_container_border_width(GTK_CONTAINER (window), 10);
#else
gtk_container_set_border_width(GTK_CONTAINER (window), 10);
@@ -1637,8 +1639,8 @@ int main(int argc, char *argv[])
/* add a button to do something usefull */
button = gtk_button_new_with_label("Fork me!");
gtk_signal_connect(GTK_OBJECT (button), "clicked",
GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC(fork_me), NULL);
g_signal_connect(G_OBJECT (button), "clicked",
G_CALLBACK(fork_me), NULL);
gtk_container_add(GTK_CONTAINER(window), button);
@@ -1663,7 +1665,7 @@ int main(int argc, char *argv[])
<sect1>
<title>Why don't the contents of a button move when the button
is pressed? Here's a patch to make it work that way...</title>
is pressed? Here's a patch to make it work that way... <emphasis>[GTK 2.x]</emphasis></title>
<para>From: Peter Mattis</para>
@@ -1689,12 +1691,12 @@ and determined it didn't look good and removed it.</quote></para>
<sect1>
<title>How do I identifiy a widgets top level window or other
ancestor?</title>
ancestor? <emphasis>[GTK 2.x]</emphasis></title>
<para>There are a couple of ways to find the top level parent
of a widget. The easier way is to call the
of a widget. The easiest way is to call the
<literal>gtk_widget_get_toplevel()</literal> function that
returns pointer to a GtkWidget that is the top level
returns a pointer to a GtkWidget that is the top level
window.</para>
<para>A more complicated way to do this (but less limited, as
@@ -1718,12 +1720,16 @@ widget (entry, label, etc. To find the master hbox using the
hbox = gtk_widget_get_ancestor(w, GTK_TYPE_HBOX);
</programlisting>
<para>You can also follow the a widgets ancestry by using the function
<literal>gtk_widget_get_parent()</literal> that returns a pointer
to a widgets parent widget.</para>
</sect1>
<!-- ----------------------------------------------------------------- -->
<sect1>
<title>How do I get the Window ID of a GtkWindow?</title>
<title>How do I get the Window ID of a GtkWindow? <emphasis>[GTK 2.x]</emphasis></title>
<para>The actual Gdk/X window will be created when the widget
gets realized. You can get the Window ID with:</para>
@@ -1738,8 +1744,7 @@ Window xwin = GDK_WINDOW_XWINDOW (GTK_WIDGET (my_window)->window);
<!-- ----------------------------------------------------------------- -->
<sect1>
<title>How do I catch a double click event (in a list widget,
for example)?</title>
<title>How do I catch a double click event? <emphasis>[GTK 2.x]</emphasis></title>
<para>Tim Janik wrote to gtk-list (slightly modified):</para>
@@ -1749,10 +1754,10 @@ for example)?</title>
gint
signal_handler_event(GtkWidget *widget, GdkEventButton *event, gpointer func_data)
{
if (GTK_IS_LIST_ITEM(widget) &&
if (GTK_IS_BUTTON(widget) &&
(event->type==GDK_2BUTTON_PRESS ||
event->type==GDK_3BUTTON_PRESS) ) {
printf("I feel %s clicked on button %d\n",
printf("I feel %s clicked with button %d\n",
event->type==GDK_2BUTTON_PRESS ? "double" : "triple",
event->button);
}
@@ -1764,18 +1769,18 @@ signal_handler_event(GtkWidget *widget, GdkEventButton *event, gpointer func_dat
<programlisting role="C">
{
/* list, list item init stuff */
/* button init stuff */
gtk_signal_connect(GTK_OBJECT(list_item),
g_signal_connect(G_OBJECT(button),
"button_press_event",
GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC(signal_handler_event),
G_CALLBACK(signal_handler_event),
NULL);
/* and/or */
gtk_signal_connect(GTK_OBJECT(list_item),
g_signal_connect(G_OBJECT(button),
"button_release_event",
GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC(signal_handler_event),
G_CALLBACK(signal_handler_event),
NULL);
/* something else */
@@ -2870,7 +2875,7 @@ be:</para>
<!-- ----------------------------------------------------------------- -->
<sect1>
<title>How do I validate/limit/filter the input to a GtkEntry?</title>
<title>How do I validate/limit/filter the input to a GtkEntry? <emphasis>[GTK 2.x]</emphasis></title>
<para>If you want to validate the text that a user enters into
a GtkEntry widget you can attach to the "insert_text" signal
@@ -2901,16 +2906,16 @@ void insert_text_handler (GtkEntry *entry,
}
if (count > 0) {
gtk_signal_handler_block_by_func (GTK_OBJECT (editable),
GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (insert_text_handler),
data);
g_signal_handlers_block_by_func (G_OBJECT (editable),
G_CALLBACK (insert_text_handler),
data);
gtk_editable_insert_text (editable, result, count, position);
gtk_signal_handler_unblock_by_func (GTK_OBJECT (editable),
GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (insert_text_handler),
data);
g_signal_handlers_unblock_by_func (G_OBJECT (editable),
G_CALLBACK (insert_text_handler),
data);
}
gtk_signal_emit_stop_by_name (GTK_OBJECT (editable), "insert_text");
g_signal_stop_emission_by_name (G_OBJECT (editable), "insert_text");
g_free (result);
}
@@ -2925,12 +2930,13 @@ int main (int argc,
/* create a new window */
window = gtk_window_new(GTK_WINDOW_TOPLEVEL);
gtk_window_set_title(GTK_WINDOW (window), "GTK Entry");
gtk_signal_connect(GTK_OBJECT (window), "delete_event",
(GtkSignalFunc) gtk_exit, NULL);
g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (window), "destroy",
G_CALLBACK (gtk_main_quit),
NULL);
entry = gtk_entry_new();
gtk_signal_connect(GTK_OBJECT(entry), "insert_text",
GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC(insert_text_handler),
g_signal_connect(G_OBJECT(entry), "insert_text",
G_CALLBACK(insert_text_handler),
NULL);
gtk_container_add(GTK_CONTAINER (window), entry);
gtk_widget_show(entry);
+139
View File
@@ -1,3 +1,142 @@
2004-01-22 Federico Mena Quintero <federico@ximian.com>
* gtk/migrating-checklist.sgml: Point to GtkEntry as an example of
a widget that uses a custom function to position its popup menu.
2004-01-22 Federico Mena Quintero <federico@ximian.com>
* gtk/migrating-checklist.sgml: New chapter with a "Migration
Checklist" of things people need to do to be good citizens in the
GTK+ world. This is mainly a way to tell people about interesting
APIs that they should use instead of hand-hacked approaches.
* gtk/gtk-docs.sgml: Added migrating-checklist.sgml.
* gtk/Makefile.am (content_files): Likewise.
Thu Jan 22 01:46:45 2004 Jonathan Blandford <jrb@gnome.org>
* gtk/tmpl/gtktreemodelsort.sgml: new introduction section.
2004-01-20 Federico Mena Quintero <federico@ximian.com>
* gtk/gtk-sections.txt: Added gtk_paned_get_child[12].
Thu Jan 15 23:54:46 2004 Matthias Clasen <maclas@gmx.de>
* gtk/gtk-docs.sgml: Move the old chapters about 1.2 and 2.0
changes to Federicos new 'migrating' part.
Fri Jan 9 00:38:58 2004 Matthias Clasen <maclas@gmx.de>
* gtk/gtk-sections.txt: Add gtk_ui_manager_get_toplevels.
Thu Jan 8 00:14:02 2004 Matthias Clasen <maclas@gmx.de>
* gtk/tmpl/gtkmain.sgml (gtk_input_add_full): Fix link in deprecation
note.
Wed Jan 7 22:25:45 2004 Matthias Clasen <maclas@gmx.de>
* gtk/gtk-sections.txt: Add gtk_action_new, gtk_toggle_action_new,
gtk_radio_action_new, gtk_action_group_add_action_with_accel.
Wed Jan 7 01:56:33 2004 Matthias Clasen <maclas@gmx.de>
* gdk-pixbuf/tmpl/file-saving.sgml: Document GdkPixbufSaveFunc.
* gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf-sections.txt: Add GdkPixbufSaveFunc,
gdk_pixbuf_save_to_callback, gdk_pixbuf_save_to_callbackv,
gdk_pixbuf_save_to_buffer and gdk_pixbuf_save_to_bufferv.
Wed Jan 7 01:27:23 2004 Matthias Clasen <maclas@gmx.de>
* gdk-pixbuf/tmpl/module_interface.sgml: Document expected
module behaviour if the size_func returns 0.
Wed Jan 7 01:26:07 2004 Matthias Clasen <maclas@gmx.de>
* gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf-sections.txt: Add gdk_pixbuf_get_file_info.
2004-01-06 Federico Mena Quintero <federico@ximian.com>
* gdk-pixbuf/tmpl/gdk-pixbuf.sgml: Added a section on how to
compute pixel offsets for gdk_pixbuf_get_pixels().
Mon Dec 29 01:40:20 2003 Matthias Clasen <maclas@gmx.de>
* gtk/gtk-sections.txt: Add gtk_accel_map_{un,}lock_path.
Wed Dec 24 01:12:12 2003 Matthias Clasen <maclas@gmx.de>
* gtk/gtk-sections.txt: Add GtkClipboardTargetReceivedFunc,
gtk_clipboard_request_targets, gtk_clipboard_wait_for_targets.
Wed Dec 24 01:11:36 2003 Matthias Clasen <maclas@gmx.de>
* gtk/tmpl/gtkclipboard.sgml: Document GtkClipboardTargetReceivedFunc.
Sun Dec 21 01:58:33 2003 Matthias Clasen <maclas@gmx.de>
* gtk/gtk-sections.txt: Add gtk_menu_shell_cancel.
Thu Dec 18 01:24:35 2003 Matthias Clasen <maclas@gmx.de>
* gtk/gtk-sections.txt: Add gtk_message_dialog_set_markup
Tue Dec 16 01:57:13 2003 Matthias Clasen <maclas@gmx.de>
* gdk/gdk-sections.txt: Add gdk_display_set_double_click_distance.
Mon Dec 15 01:03:08 2003 Matthias Clasen <maclas@gmx.de>
* gtk/gtk-sections.txt: Add gtk_button_[sg]et_alignment.
Sun Dec 14 01:25:49 2003 Matthias Clasen <maclas@gmx.de>
* gdk/gdk-sections.txt: Add gdk_x11_register_standard_event_type.
Sat Dec 13 22:37:46 2003 Matthias Clasen <maclas@gmx.de>
* gtk/Makefile.am (HTML_IMAGES): Add
stock_dialog_authentication_48.png. (#129255, Olivier Andrieu)
Fri Dec 12 00:52:25 2003 Matthias Clasen <maclas@gmx.de>
* gdk/gdk-sections.txt: Add the new gdk_spawn_* and
gdk_threads_* declarations.
Thu Dec 11 01:57:55 2003 Matthias Clasen <maclas@gmx.de>
* gdk-pixbuf/tmpl/gdk-pixbuf-loader.sgml: Signal documentation
moved inline.
Thu Dec 11 00:04:10 2003 Matthias Clasen <maclas@gmx.de>
* gtk/gtk-sections.txt: Add gtk_window_[sg]et_accept_focus().
* gdk/gdk-sections.txt: Add gdk_window_set_accept_focus().
Wed Dec 10 00:09:51 2003 Matthias Clasen <maclas@gmx.de>
* gdk/gdk-sections.txt: Add gdk_window_get_group(),
gdk_display_get_default_group().
2003-12-08 Federico Mena Quintero <federico@ximian.com>
* gtk/migrating-GtkAction.sgml: New chapter about how to migrate
from gnome-ui/bonobo-ui/etc. to GtkAction.
* gtk/gtk-docs.sgml: Integrated the above.
* gtk/Makefile.am (content_files): Added migrating-GtkAction.sgml.
Mon Dec 8 12:47:01 2003 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com>
* gtk/Makefile.am (IGNORE_HFILES): Add xdgmime directory,
gtkfilesystemwin32.
* gtk/gtk-sections.txt: Some updates.
Sun Nov 23 20:59:57 2003 Matthias Clasen <maclas@gmx.de>
* gtk/tree_widget.sgml: Add a missing comma.
@@ -57,12 +57,18 @@ GdkPixbufDestroyNotify
<FILE>file-loading</FILE>
gdk_pixbuf_new_from_file
gdk_pixbuf_new_from_file_at_size
gdk_pixbuf_get_file_info
</SECTION>
<SECTION>
<FILE>file-saving</FILE>
gdk_pixbuf_savev
gdk_pixbuf_save
GdkPixbufSaveFunc
gdk_pixbuf_save_to_callback
gdk_pixbuf_save_to_callbackv
gdk_pixbuf_save_to_buffer
gdk_pixbuf_save_to_bufferv
</SECTION>
<SECTION>
@@ -52,3 +52,14 @@ End:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_pixbuf_get_file_info ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@filename:
@width:
@height:
@Returns:
@@ -41,3 +41,79 @@ Saving a pixbuf to a file.
@Returns:
<!-- ##### USER_FUNCTION GdkPixbufSaveFunc ##### -->
<para>
Specifies the type of the function passed to
gdk_pixbuf_save_to_callback(). It is called once for each block of
bytes that is "written" by gdk_pixbuf_save_to_callback(). If
successful it should return %TRUE. If an error occurs it should set
@error and return %FALSE, in which case gdk_pixbuf_save_to_callback()
will fail with the same error.
</para>
@buf: bytes to be written.
@count: number of bytes in @buf.
@error: A location to return an error.
@data: user data passed to gdk_pixbuf_save_to_callback().
@Returns: %TRUE if successful, %FALSE (with @error set) if failed.
@Since: 2.4
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_pixbuf_save_to_callback ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@pixbuf:
@save_func:
@user_data:
@type:
@error:
@Varargs:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_pixbuf_save_to_callbackv ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@pixbuf:
@save_func:
@user_data:
@type:
@option_keys:
@option_values:
@error:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_pixbuf_save_to_buffer ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@pixbuf:
@buffer:
@buffer_size:
@type:
@error:
@Varargs:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_pixbuf_save_to_bufferv ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@pixbuf:
@buffer:
@buffer_size:
@type:
@option_keys:
@option_values:
@error:
@Returns:
@@ -78,65 +78,33 @@ fields.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GdkPixbufLoader::area-prepared ##### -->
<para>
This signal is emitted when the pixbuf loader has allocated the pixbuf
in the desired size. After this signal is emitted, applications can
call gdk_pixbuf_loader_get_pixbuf() to fetch the partially-loaded pixbuf.
</para>
@gdkpixbufloader: the object which received the signal.
@gdkpixbufloader:
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GdkPixbufLoader::area-updated ##### -->
<para>
This signal is emitted when a significant area of the image being
loaded has been updated. Normally it means that a complete
scanline has been read in, but it could be a different area as
well. Applications can use this signal to know when to repaint
areas of an image that is being loaded.
</para>
@gdkpixbufloader: Loader which emitted the signal.
@gdkpixbufloader:
@arg1:
@arg2:
@arg3:
@arg4:
<!-- # Unused Parameters # -->
@x: X offset of upper-left corner of the updated area.
@y: Y offset of upper-left corner of the updated area.
@width: Width of updated area.
@height: Height of updated area.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GdkPixbufLoader::closed ##### -->
<para>
This signal is emitted when gdk_pixbuf_loader_close() is called.
It can be used by different parts of an application to receive
notification when an image loader is closed by the code that
drives it.
</para>
@gdkpixbufloader: the object which received the signal.
<!--
Local variables:
mode: sgml
sgml-parent-document: ("../gdk-pixbuf.sgml" "book" "refsect2" "")
End:
-->
@gdkpixbufloader:
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GdkPixbufLoader::size-prepared ##### -->
<para>
This signal is emitted when the pixbuf loader has been fed the
initial amount of data that is required to figure out the size
of the image that it will create. Applications can call
gdk_pixbuf_loader_set_size() in response to this signal to set
the desired size to which the image should be scaled.
</para>
@gdkpixbufloader: the object which received the signal.
@gdkpixbufloader:
@arg1:
@arg2:
<!-- # Unused Parameters # -->
@width: the original width of the image
@height: the original height of the image
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_pixbuf_loader_new ##### -->
<para>
@@ -224,4 +192,11 @@ End:
@error:
@Returns:
<!--
Local variables:
mode: sgml
sgml-parent-document: ("../gdk-pixbuf.sgml" "book" "refsect2" "")
End:
-->
@@ -11,6 +11,81 @@ Information that describes an image.
information that describes an image in memory.
</para>
<section id="image-data">
<title>Image Data</title>
<para>
Image data in a pixbuf is stored in memory in uncompressed,
packed format. Rows in the image are stored top to bottom, and
in each row pixels are stored from left to right. There may be
padding at the end of a row. The "rowstride" value of a pixbuf,
as returned by gdk_pixbuf_get_rowstride(), indicates the number
of bytes between rows.
</para>
<example id="put-pixel">
<title>put_pixel(<!-- -->) example</title>
<para>
The following code illustrates a simple put_pixel(<!-- -->)
function for RGB pixbufs with 8 bits per channel with an alpha
channel. It is not included in the gdk-pixbuf library for
performance reasons; rather than making several function calls
for each pixel, your own code can take shortcuts.
</para>
<programlisting>
static void
put_pixel (GdkPixbuf *pixbuf, int x, int y, guchar red, guchar green, guchar blue, guchar alpha)
{
int width, height, rowstride, n_channels;
guchar *pixels, *p;
n_channels = gdk_pixbuf_get_n_channels (pixbuf);
g_assert (gdk_pixbuf_get_colorspace (pixbuf) == GDK_COLORSPACE_RGB);
g_assert (gdk_pixbuf_get_bits_per_sample (pixbuf) == 8);
g_assert (gdk_pixbuf_get_has_alpha (pixbuf));
g_assert (n_channels == 4);
width = gdk_pixbuf_get_width (pixbuf);
height = gdk_pixbuf_get_height (pixbuf);
g_assert (x &gt;= 0 &amp;&amp; x &lt; width);
g_assert (y &gt;= 0 &amp;&amp; y &lt; height);
rowstride = gdk_pixbuf_get_rowstride (pixbuf);
pixels = gdk_pixbuf_get_pixels (pixbuf);
p = pixels + y * rowstride + x * n_channels;
p[0] = red;
p[1] = green;
p[2] = blue;
p[3] = alpha;
}
</programlisting>
<para>
This function will not work for pixbufs with images that are
other than 8 bits per sample or channel, but it will work for
most of the pixbufs that GTK+ uses.
</para>
</example>
<note>
<para>
If you are doing memcpy() of raw pixbuf data, note that the
last row in the pixbuf may not be as wide as the full
rowstride, but rather just as wide as the pixel data needs to
be. That is, it is unsafe to do <literal>memcpy (dest,
pixels, rowstride * height)</literal> to copy a whole pixbuf.
Use gdk_pixbuf_copy() instead, or compute the width in bytes
of the last row as <literal>width * ((n_channels *
bits_per_sample + 7) / 8)</literal>.
</para>
</note>
</section>
<!-- ##### SECTION See_Also ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@@ -76,6 +151,46 @@ In the future it will do full alpha compositing.
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GdkPixbuf:bits-per-sample ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GdkPixbuf:colorspace ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GdkPixbuf:has-alpha ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GdkPixbuf:height ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GdkPixbuf:n-channels ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GdkPixbuf:pixels ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GdkPixbuf:rowstride ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GdkPixbuf:width ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_pixbuf_get_colorspace ##### -->
<para>
@@ -163,3 +278,11 @@ End:
@Returns:
<!--
Local variables:
mode: sgml
sgml-parent-document: ("../gdk-pixbuf.sgml" "book" "refsect2")
End:
-->
@@ -220,6 +220,12 @@ way to achieve the desired scaling during the loading of the image, it may
either ignore the size request, or only approximate it -- &gdk-pixbuf; will
then perform the required scaling on the completely loaded image.
</para>
<para>
If the function sets @width or @height to zero, the module should interpret
this as a hint that it will be closed soon and shouldn't allocate further
resources. This convention is used to implement gdk_pixbuf_get_file_info()
efficiently.
</para>
@width: pointer to a location containing the current image width
@height: pointer to a location containing the current image height
@@ -288,6 +294,7 @@ is loaded and must set the function pointers of the #GdkPixbufModule.
@load_increment: continues an incremental load.
@load_animation: loads an animation from a file.
@save: saves a #GdkPixbuf to a file.
@save_to_callback:
<!-- ##### STRUCT GdkPixbufAnimationClass ##### -->
<para>
+15
View File
@@ -135,6 +135,7 @@ gdk_display_peek_event
gdk_display_put_event
gdk_display_add_client_message_filter
gdk_display_set_double_click_time
gdk_display_set_double_click_distance
gdk_display_get_pointer
gdk_display_get_window_at_pointer
GdkDisplayPointerHooks
@@ -143,6 +144,7 @@ gdk_display_supports_cursor_color
gdk_display_supports_cursor_alpha
gdk_display_get_default_cursor_size
gdk_display_get_maximal_cursor_size
gdk_display_get_default_group
<SUBSECTION Standard>
GDK_DISPLAY_OBJECT
@@ -205,6 +207,11 @@ gdk_screen_get_monitor_at_point
gdk_screen_get_monitor_at_window
gdk_screen_broadcast_client_message
gdk_screen_get_setting
<SUBSECTION Spawning>
gdk_spawn_on_screen
gdk_spawn_on_screen_with_pipes
gdk_spawn_command_line_on_screen
<SUBSECTION Standard>
GDK_SCREEN
GDK_IS_SCREEN
@@ -657,6 +664,7 @@ gdk_window_get_internal_paint_info
<SUBSECTION>
gdk_window_set_user_data
gdk_window_set_override_redirect
gdk_window_set_accept_focus
gdk_window_add_filter
gdk_window_remove_filter
GdkFilterFunc
@@ -704,6 +712,7 @@ gdk_window_set_icon_name
gdk_window_set_transient_for
gdk_window_set_role
gdk_window_set_group
gdk_window_get_group
gdk_window_set_decorations
gdk_window_get_decorations
GdkWMDecoration
@@ -878,6 +887,11 @@ gdk_threads_init
gdk_threads_enter
gdk_threads_leave
gdk_threads_mutex
gdk_threads_set_lock_functions
<SUBSECTION Private>
gdk_threads_lock
gdk_threads_unlock
</SECTION>
<SECTION>
@@ -1194,6 +1208,7 @@ gdk_x11_cursor_get_xdisplay
gdk_x11_display_get_xdisplay
gdk_x11_display_grab
gdk_x11_display_ungrab
gdk_x11_register_standard_event_type
gdk_x11_drawable_get_xdisplay
gdk_x11_drawable_get_xid
gdk_x11_font_get_name
+16
View File
@@ -440,3 +440,19 @@ Draws a pixmap, or a part of a pixmap, onto another drawable.
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_drawable_copy_to_image ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@drawable:
@image:
@src_x:
@src_y:
@dest_x:
@dest_y:
@width:
@height:
@Returns:
+18
View File
@@ -213,6 +213,15 @@ of an X display. All its fields are private and should not be accessed directly.
@msec:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_display_set_double_click_distance ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@display:
@distance:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_display_get_pointer ##### -->
<para>
@@ -306,3 +315,12 @@ Applications should never have any reason to use this facility
@height:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_display_get_default_group ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@display:
@Returns:
+48
View File
@@ -254,3 +254,51 @@ when GDK gets multihead support.
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_spawn_on_screen ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@screen:
@working_directory:
@argv:
@envp:
@flags:
@child_setup:
@user_data:
@child_pid:
@error:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_spawn_on_screen_with_pipes ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@screen:
@working_directory:
@argv:
@envp:
@flags:
@child_setup:
@user_data:
@child_pid:
@standard_input:
@standard_output:
@standard_error:
@error:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_spawn_command_line_on_screen ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@screen:
@command_line:
@error:
@Returns:
+9
View File
@@ -291,3 +291,12 @@ used directly &mdash; consider it private.
</para>
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_threads_set_lock_functions ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@enter_fn:
@leave_fn:
+18
View File
@@ -741,6 +741,15 @@ Registers a window as a potential drop destination.
@override_redirect:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_window_set_accept_focus ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@window:
@accept_focus:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_window_add_filter ##### -->
<para>
@@ -1220,6 +1229,15 @@ Like the X Window System, GDK supports 8 modifier keys and 5 mouse buttons.
@leader:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_window_get_group ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@window:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_window_set_decorations ##### -->
<para>
@@ -507,6 +507,16 @@ Since: 2.2
@display:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_x11_register_standard_event_type ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@display:
@event_base:
@n_events:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_x11_drawable_get_xdisplay ##### -->
<para>
+5
View File
@@ -33,6 +33,7 @@ IGNORE_HFILES= \
gtkfilesystem.h \
gtkfilesystemmodel.h \
gtkfilesystemunix.h \
gtkfilesystemwin32.h \
gtkhsv.h \
gtkiconthemeparser.h \
gtkimmodule.h \
@@ -54,6 +55,7 @@ IGNORE_HFILES= \
gtktextutil.h \
gtktypebuiltins.h \
gtkxembed.h \
xdgmime \
xembed.h \
gtktoggleactionprivate.h
@@ -85,6 +87,8 @@ content_files = \
changes-2.0.sgml \
compiling.sgml \
framebuffer.sgml \
migrating-checklist.sgml \
migrating-GtkAction.sgml \
migrating-GtkFileChooser.sgml \
objects_grouped.sgml \
question_index.sgml \
@@ -108,6 +112,7 @@ HTML_IMAGES = \
$(top_srcdir)/gtk/stock-icons/stock_copy_24.png \
$(top_srcdir)/gtk/stock-icons/stock_cut_24.png \
$(top_srcdir)/gtk/stock-icons/stock_trash_24.png \
$(top_srcdir)/gtk/stock-icons/stock_dialog_authentication_48.png \
$(top_srcdir)/gtk/stock-icons/stock_dialog_error_48.png \
$(top_srcdir)/gtk/stock-icons/stock_dialog_info_48.png \
$(top_srcdir)/gtk/stock-icons/stock_dialog_question_48.png \
+6 -4
View File
@@ -179,7 +179,9 @@
<!ENTITY gtk-Questions SYSTEM "question_index.sgml">
<!ENTITY gtk-Changes-1-2 SYSTEM "changes-1.2.sgml">
<!ENTITY gtk-Changes-2-0 SYSTEM "changes-2.0.sgml">
<!ENTITY gtk-migrating-checklist SYSTEM "migrating-checklist.sgml">
<!ENTITY gtk-migrating-GtkFileChooser SYSTEM "migrating-GtkFileChooser.sgml">
<!ENTITY gtk-migrating-GtkAction SYSTEM "migrating-GtkAction.sgml">
<!ENTITY version SYSTEM "version.xml">
<!ENTITY gtk-query-immodules SYSTEM "gtk-query-immodules-2.0.xml">
]>
@@ -281,11 +283,8 @@ that is, GUI components such as <link linkend="GtkButton">GtkButton</link> or
&gtk-Windows;
&gtk-Framebuffer;
&gtk-X11;
&gtk-Changes-1-2;
&gtk-Changes-2-0;
&gtk-Resources;
&gtk-Questions;
</part>
@@ -309,7 +308,6 @@ that is, GUI components such as <link linkend="GtkButton">GtkButton</link> or
&gtk-Feature-Test-Macros;
&gtk-Signals;
&gtk-Types;
</part>
<part id="gtkobjects">
@@ -544,7 +542,11 @@ that is, GUI components such as <link linkend="GtkButton">GtkButton</link> or
</para>
</partintro>
&gtk-migrating-checklist;
&gtk-Changes-1-2;
&gtk-Changes-2-0;
&gtk-migrating-GtkFileChooser;
&gtk-migrating-GtkAction;
</part>
<part>
+34
View File
@@ -102,7 +102,12 @@ gtk_accessible_get_type
<FILE>gtkaction</FILE>
<TITLE>GtkAction</TITLE>
GtkAction
gtk_action_new
gtk_action_get_name
gtk_action_is_sensitive
gtk_action_get_sensitive
gtk_action_is_visible
gtk_action_get_visible
gtk_action_activate
gtk_action_create_icon
gtk_action_create_menu_item
@@ -135,9 +140,14 @@ GtkActionPrivate
GtkActionGroup
gtk_action_group_new
gtk_action_group_get_name
gtk_action_group_get_sensitive
gtk_action_group_set_sensitive
gtk_action_group_get_visible
gtk_action_group_set_visible
gtk_action_group_get_action
gtk_action_group_list_actions
gtk_action_group_add_action
gtk_action_group_add_action_with_accel
gtk_action_group_remove_action
GtkActionEntry
gtk_action_group_add_actions
@@ -330,6 +340,8 @@ gtk_button_get_use_underline
gtk_button_set_use_underline
gtk_button_set_focus_on_click
gtk_button_get_focus_on_click
gtk_button_set_alignment
gtk_button_get_alignment
<SUBSECTION Standard>
GTK_BUTTON
@@ -649,12 +661,15 @@ gtk_combo_box_set_row_span_column
gtk_combo_box_set_column_span_column
gtk_combo_box_get_active
gtk_combo_box_set_active
gtk_combo_box_get_active_iter
gtk_combo_box_set_active_iter
gtk_combo_box_get_model
gtk_combo_box_set_model
gtk_combo_box_new_text
gtk_combo_box_append_text
gtk_combo_box_insert_text
gtk_combo_box_prepend_text
gtk_combo_box_remove_text
<SUBSECTION Standard>
GTK_TYPE_COMBO_BOX
GTK_COMBO_BOX
@@ -672,6 +687,8 @@ gtk_combo_box_get_type
<TITLE>GtkComboBoxEntry</TITLE>
GtkComboBoxEntry
gtk_combo_box_entry_new
gtk_combo_box_entry_new_with_model
gtk_combo_box_entry_set_text_column
gtk_combo_box_entry_get_text_column
<SUBSECTION Standard>
GTK_TYPE_COMBO_BOX_ENTRY
@@ -1052,6 +1069,8 @@ gtk_expander_set_label
gtk_expander_get_label
gtk_expander_set_use_underline
gtk_expander_get_use_underline
gtk_expander_set_use_markup
gtk_expander_get_use_markup
gtk_expander_set_label_widget
gtk_expander_get_label_widget
<SUBSECTION Standard>
@@ -1940,6 +1959,7 @@ gtk_ui_manager_remove_action_group
gtk_ui_manager_get_action_groups
gtk_ui_manager_get_accel_group
gtk_ui_manager_get_widget
gtk_ui_manager_get_toplevels
gtk_ui_manager_get_action
gtk_ui_manager_add_ui_from_string
gtk_ui_manager_add_ui_from_file
@@ -1974,6 +1994,7 @@ gtk_menu_shell_select_item
gtk_menu_shell_select_first
gtk_menu_shell_deselect
gtk_menu_shell_activate_item
gtk_menu_shell_cancel
GtkMenuDirectionType
<SUBSECTION Standard>
GTK_MENU_SHELL
@@ -1994,6 +2015,7 @@ GtkMessageType
GtkButtonsType
gtk_message_dialog_new
gtk_message_dialog_new_with_markup
gtk_message_dialog_set_markup
<SUBSECTION Standard>
GTK_MESSAGE_DIALOG
GTK_IS_MESSAGE_DIALOG
@@ -2162,6 +2184,8 @@ gtk_paned_add2
gtk_paned_gutter_size
gtk_paned_pack1
gtk_paned_pack2
gtk_paned_get_child1
gtk_paned_get_child2
gtk_paned_set_gutter_size
gtk_paned_set_position
gtk_paned_get_position
@@ -2314,6 +2338,7 @@ gtk_progress_bar_get_type
<FILE>gtkradioaction</FILE>
<TITLE>GtkRadioAction</TITLE>
GtkRadioAction
gtk_radio_action_new
gtk_radio_action_get_group
gtk_radio_action_set_group
gtk_radio_action_get_current_value
@@ -3096,6 +3121,7 @@ gtk_tips_query_get_type
<FILE>gtktoggleaction</FILE>
<TITLE>GtkToggleAction</TITLE>
GtkToggleAction
gtk_toggle_action_new
gtk_toggle_action_toggled
gtk_toggle_action_set_active
gtk_toggle_action_get_active
@@ -3155,6 +3181,7 @@ gtk_toolbar_get_item_index
gtk_toolbar_get_n_items
gtk_toolbar_get_nth_item
gtk_toolbar_get_drop_index
gtk_toolbar_set_drop_highlight_item
gtk_toolbar_set_show_arrow
gtk_toolbar_set_orientation
gtk_toolbar_set_tooltips
@@ -3240,6 +3267,8 @@ GtkToolItemPrivate
<TITLE>GtkSeparatorToolItem</TITLE>
GtkSeparatorToolItem
gtk_separator_tool_item_new
gtk_separator_tool_item_set_draw
gtk_separator_tool_item_get_draw
<SUBSECTION Standard>
GTK_TYPE_SEPARATOR_TOOL_ITEM
@@ -4366,6 +4395,7 @@ gtk_window_set_role
gtk_window_set_type_hint
gtk_window_set_skip_taskbar_hint
gtk_window_set_skip_pager_hint
gtk_window_set_accept_focus
gtk_window_get_decorated
gtk_window_get_default_icon_list
gtk_window_get_default_size
@@ -4384,6 +4414,7 @@ gtk_window_get_transient_for
gtk_window_get_type_hint
gtk_window_get_skip_taskbar_hint
gtk_window_get_skip_pager_hint
gtk_window_get_accept_focus
gtk_window_move
gtk_window_parse_geometry
gtk_window_reshow_with_initial_size
@@ -4727,6 +4758,7 @@ gtk_selection_data_get_type
GtkClipboard
GtkClipboardReceivedFunc
GtkClipboardTextReceivedFunc
GtkClipboardTargetsReceivedFunc
GtkClipboardGetFunc
GtkClipboardClearFunc
gtk_clipboard_get
@@ -4739,9 +4771,11 @@ gtk_clipboard_clear
gtk_clipboard_set_text
gtk_clipboard_request_contents
gtk_clipboard_request_text
gtk_clipboard_request_targets
gtk_clipboard_wait_for_contents
gtk_clipboard_wait_for_text
gtk_clipboard_wait_is_text_available
gtk_clipboard_wait_for_targets
<SUBSECTION Standard>
GTK_CLIPBOARD
GTK_TYPE_CLIPBOARD
+388
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,388 @@
<chapter id="gtk-migrating-GtkAction">
<chapterinfo>
<author>
<firstname>Federico</firstname>
<surname>Mena-Quintero</surname>
<affiliation>
<address>
<email>federico@ximian.com</email>
</address>
</affiliation>
</author>
</chapterinfo>
<title>Migrating from old menu and toolbar systems to GtkAction</title>
<para>
Prior to GTK+ 2.4, there were several APIs in use to create menus
and toolbars. GTK+ itself included #GtkItemFactory, which was
historically used in the GIMP; libgnomeui provided the gnome-ui
set of macros; libbonoboui provided a complex mechanism to do menu
merging across embedded components. GTK+ 2.4 includes a system
for creating menus and toolbars, with merging of items, based
around the #GtkAction mechanism.
</para>
<section id="actions-and-action-groups">
<title>Actions and Action Groups</title>
<para>
A #GtkAction represents an operation that the user can perform
from the menus and toolbars of an application. It is similar to
"verbs" in other menu systems. A #GtkAction has a name, which
is its identifier, and it can have several widgets that
represent it in the user interface. For example, an action for
<symbol>EditCopy</symbol> can have a menu item as well as a
toolbar button associated to it. If there is nothing selected
in the document, the application can simply de-sensitize the
<symbol>EditCopy</symbol> action; this will cause both the menu
item and the toolbar button to be de-sensitized automatically.
Similarly, whenever the user selects the menu item or the
toolbar button associated to the <symbol>EditCopy</symbol>
action, the corresponding #GtkAction object will emit an
"activate" signal.
</para>
<para>
#GtkActionGroup is simply a group of #GtkAction objects. An
application may want to have several groups: one for global
actions such as "new document", "about", and "exit"; then one
group for each open document with actions specific to the
document, such as "cut", "copy", "paste", and "print".
</para>
<para>
Normal actions are simply commands, such as
<symbol>FileSave</symbol> or <symbol>EditCopy</symbol>. Toggle
actions can be active or inactive, such as
<symbol>FormatBold</symbol> or <symbol>ViewShowRulers</symbol>.
Radio actions define a set of items for which one and only one
can be active at a time, for example, {
<symbol>ViewHighQuality</symbol>,
<symbol>ViewNormalQuality</symbol>,
<symbol>ViewLowQuality</symbol> }.
</para>
</section>
<section id="ui-manager">
<title>User Interface Manager Object</title>
<para>
#GtkUIManager is an object that can construct menu and toolbar
widgets from an XML description. These widgets are in turn
associated to corresponding actions and action groups.
</para>
<para>
#GtkUIManager supports merging of menus and toolbars for
applications that have multiple components, each with separate
sets of commands. For example, a word processor that can embed
images may want to have toolbar buttons for Bold and Italic when
the cursor is on a text block, but Crop and Brightness/Contrast
buttons when the cursor is on an image. These actions, which
change depending on the state of the application, can be merged
and de-merged from a #GtkUIManager as appropriate.
</para>
</section>
<section id="migrating-gnomeuiinfo">
<title>Migrating from GnomeUIInfo</title>
<para>
Prior to GTK+ 2.4, some applications used the GnomeUIInfo
mechanism from
<filename>&lt;libgnomeui/gnome-app-helper.h&gt;</filename> to
define their menus and toolbars. With it, a program decleres an
array of <structname>GnomeUIInfo</structname> structures, which
contain information for menu or toolbar items such as their
label, icon, and accelerator key. Then, one calls
<function>gnome_app_fill_menu()</function> or
<function>gnome_app_fill_toolbar()</function>, or one of the
related functions, to create the appropriate widgets based on
these structures.
</para>
<para>
A downside of this API is that the same structures are used to
pass back pointers to the widgets that got created. This means
that the structures cannot simply be kept around if the program
requires multiple instances of the user interface (e.g. several
windows); each new invocation of
<function>gnome_app_fill_menu()</function> would overwrite the
widget fields of the structures.
</para>
<para>
Another disadvantage is that there is no automatic way to
synchronize the state of related controls. If there are toolbar
toogle buttons for "Bold", "Italic", "Underline", and also
corresponding menu items under "Format/Bold", etc., one has to
synchronize their toggled states by hand whenever the user
selects any one of them.
</para>
<para>
Finally, there is no way to do menu and toolbar merging for
applications that require embedded components.
</para>
<para>
To convert an application that uses GnomeUIInfo into the new
GtkAction mechanism, you need to do several things:
</para>
<orderedlist>
<listitem>
<para>
Separate your existing GnomeUIInfo entries into normal
actions, toggle actions, and radio actions, and then create a
separate array of #GtkActionEntry structures for each
group. This will allow you to create the necessary
#GtkActionGroup objects. Note that this does not describe
the actual "shape" that your menus and toolbars will have;
it simply defines the set of commands that will appear in them.
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
Create an XML description of your menus and toolbars for use
with #GtkUIManager. This defines the actual shape of the
menus and toolbars.
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
Port the code that uses gnome-app and gnome-app-helper to
#GtkAction and #GtkUIManager.
</para>
</listitem>
</orderedlist>
<example id="gnomeuiinfo-example">
<title>GnomeUIInfo Example</title>
<para>
The following code shows a declaration of a simple menu bar to
be used with <function>gnome_app_fill_menu()</function> or
similar. The menu hierarchy looks like this:
</para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
<para><guimenu>File</guimenu></para>
<simplelist>
<member><guimenuitem>Open</guimenuitem></member>
<member><guimenuitem>&mdash;</guimenuitem></member>
<member><guimenuitem>Exit</guimenuitem></member>
</simplelist>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para><guimenu>View</guimenu></para>
<simplelist>
<member><guimenuitem>Zoom In</guimenuitem></member>
<member><guimenuitem>Zoom Out</guimenuitem></member>
<member><guimenuitem>&mdash;</guimenuitem></member>
<member><guimenuitem>[ ] Full Screen</guimenuitem></member>
<member><guimenuitem>&mdash;</guimenuitem></member>
<member><guimenuitem>( ) High Quality</guimenuitem></member>
<member><guimenuitem>( ) Normal Quality</guimenuitem></member>
<member><guimenuitem>( ) Low Quality</guimenuitem></member>
</simplelist>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
<programlisting>
static GnomeUIInfo file_menu_items[] = {
{ GNOME_APP_UI_ITEM, "_Open", "Open a file",
open_callback, NULL, NULL, GNOME_APP_PIXMAP_STOCK, GTK_STOCK_OPEN,
'o', GDK_CONTROL_MASK, NULL },
{ GNOME_APP_UI_SEPARATOR },
{ GNOME_APP_UI_ITEM, "E_xit", "Exit the program",
exit_callback, NULL, NULL, GNOME_APP_PIXMAP_STOCK, GTK_STOCK_QUIT,
'q', GDK_CONTROL_MASK, NULL},
{ GNOME_APP_UI_ENDOFINFO }
};
static GnomeUIInfo view_radio_items[] = {
{ GNOME_APP_UI_ITEM, "_High Quality", "Display images in high quality, slow mode",
high_quality_callback, NULL, NULL, GNOME_APP_PIXMAP_NONE, NULL,
0, 0, NULL },
{ GNOME_APP_UI_ITEM, "_Normal Quality", "Display images in normal quality",
normal_quality_callback, NULL, NULL, GNOME_APP_PIXMAP_NONE, NULL,
0, 0, NULL },
{ GNOME_APP_UI_ITEM, "_Low Quality", "Display images in low quality, fast mode",
low_quality_callback, NULL, NULL, GNOME_APP_PIXMAP_NONE, NULL,
0, 0, NULL },
{ GNOME_APP_UI_ENDOFINFO }
};
static GnomeUIInfo view_menu_items[] = {
{ GNOME_APP_UI_ITEM, "Zoom _In", "Zoom into the image",
zoom_in_callback, NULL, NULL, GNOME_APP_PIXMAP_STOCK, GTK_STOCK_ZOOM_IN,
GDK_PLUS, 0, NULL },
{ GNOME_APP_UI_ITEM, "Zoom _Out", "Zoom away from the image",
zoom_out_callback, NULL, NULL, GNOME_APP_PIXMAP_STOCK, GTK_STOCK_ZOOM_OUT,
GDK_MINUS, 0, NULL },
{ GNOME_APP_UI_SEPARATOR },
{ GNOME_APP_UI_TOGGLEITEM, "_Full Screen", "Switch between full screen and windowed mode",
full_screen_callback, NULL, NULL, GNOME_APP_PIXMAP_NONE, NULL,
GDK_F11, 0, NULL },
{ GNOME_APP_UI_SEPARATOR },
{ GNOME_APP_UI_RADIOITEMS, NULL, NULL, view_radio_items },
{ GNOME_APP_UI_ENDOFINFO }
};
static GnomeUIInfo menubar[] = {
{ GNOME_APP_UI_SUBTREE, "_File", NULL, file_menu_items },
{ GNOME_APP_UI_SUBTREE, "_View", NULL, view_menu_items },
{ GNOME_APP_UI_ENDOFINFO }
}
</programlisting>
</example>
<example id="gnomeuiinfo-action-entries">
<title><structname>GtkActionEntry</structname> Structures</title>
<para>
The following code is the set of actions that are present in
the <link linkend="gnomeuiinfo-example">previous
example</link>. Note that the toggle and radio entries are
separate from normal actions. Also, note that #GtkActionEntry
structures take key names in the format of
gdk_accelerator_parse() rather than key values plus modifiers;
you will have to convert these values by hand. For example,
<constant>GDK_F11</constant> with no modifiers is equivalent
to a key name of <literal>"F11"</literal>. Likewise,
<literal>"o"</literal> with
<constant>GDK_CONTROL_MASK</constant> is equivalent to
<literal>"&lt;ontrol&gt;O"</literal>.
</para>
<programlisting>
/* Normal items */
static GtkActionEntry entries[] = {
{ "FileMenu", NULL, "_File" },
{ "ViewMenu", NULL, "_View" },
{ "Open", GTK_STOCK_OPEN, "_Open", "&lt;control&gt;O", "Open a file", open_action_callback },
{ "Exit", GTK_STOCK_OPEN, "E_xit", "&lt;control&gt;Q", "Exit the program", exit_action_callback },
{ "ZoomIn", GTK_STOCK_ZOOM_IN, "Zoom _In", "plus", "Zoom into the image", zoom_in_action_callback },
{ "ZoomOut", GTK_STOCK_ZOOM_OUT, "Zoom _Out", "minus", "Zoom away from the image", zoom_out_action_callback },
};
/* Toggle items */
static GtkToggleActionEntry toggle_entries[] = {
{ "FullScreen", NULL, "_Full Screen", "F11", "Switch between full screen and windowed mode", full_screen_action_callback, FALSE }
};
/* Radio items */
static GtkRadioActionEntry radio_entries[] = {
{ "HighQuality", NULL, "_High Quality", NULL, "Display images in high quality, slow mode", 0 },
{ "NormalQuality", NULL, "_Normal Quality", NULL, "Display images in normal quality", 1 },
{ "LowQuality", NULL, "_Low Quality", NULL, "Display images in low quality, fast mode", 2 }
};
</programlisting>
</example>
<example id="gnomeuiinfo-xml">
<title>XML Description</title>
<para>
After extracting the actions, you will need to create an XML
description of the actual layout of your menus and toolbars
for use with #GtkUIManager. The following code shows a simple
menu bar that corresponds to the <link
linkend="gnomeuiinfo-example">previous example</link>. Note
that the <guimenu>File</guimenu> and <guimenu>View</guimenu>
menus have their names specified in the <link
linkend="gnomeuiinfo-action-entries">action entries</link>,
not in the XML itself. This is because the XML description
only contains <emphasis>identifiers</emphasis> for the items
in the GUI, rather than human-readable names.
</para>
<programlisting>
static const char *ui_description =
"&lt;ui&gt;"
" &lt;menubar name="MainMenu"&gt;"
" &lt;menu action="FileMenu"&gt;"
" &lt;menuitem action="Open"/&gt;"
" &lt;menuitem action="Exit"/&gt;"
" &lt;/menu&gt;"
" &lt;menu action="ViewMenu"&gt;"
" &lt;menuitem action="ZoomIn"/&gt;"
" &lt;menuitem action="ZoomOut"/&gt;"
" &lt;separator/&gt;"
" &lt;menuitem action="FullScreen"/&gt;"
" &lt;separator/&gt;"
" &lt;menuitem action="HighQuality"/&gt;"
" &lt;menuitem action="NormalQuality"/&gt;"
" &lt;menuitem action="LowQuality"/&gt;"
" &lt;/menu&gt;"
" &lt;/menubar&gt;"
"&lt;/ui&gt;";
</programlisting>
</example>
<example id="gnomeuiinfo-code">
<title>Creating the Menu Bar</title>
<para>
In this last example, we will create a #GtkActionGroup based
on the <link linkend="gnomeuiinfo-action-entries">action
entries</link> we created above. We will then create a
#GtkUIManager with the <link linkend="gnomeuiinfo-xml">XML
description</link> of the menu layout. We will also extract
the accelerator group and the widgets from the #GtkUIManager
put them into a window.
</para>
<programlisting>
GtkWidget *window;
GtkWidget *vbox;
GtkWidget *menubar;
GtkActionGroup *action_group;
GtkUIManager *ui_manager;
GtkAccelGroup *accel_group;
GError *error;
window = gtk_window_new (GTK_WINDOW_TOPLEVEL);
vbox = gtk_vbox_new (FALSE, 0);
gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (window), vbox);
action_group = gtk_action_group_new ("MenuActions");
gtk_action_group_add_actions (action_group, entries, G_N_ELEMENTS (entries), window);
gtk_action_group_add_toggle_actions (action_group, toggle_entries, G_N_ELEMENTS (toggle_entries), window);
gtk_action_group_add_radio_actions (action_group, radio_entries, G_N_ELEMENTS (radio_entries), 0, radio_action_callback, window);
ui_manager = gtk_ui_manager_new ();
gtk_ui_manager_insert_action_group (ui_manager, action_group, 0);
accel_group = gtk_ui_manager_get_accel_group (ui_manager);
gtk_window_add_accel_group (GTK_WINDOW (window), accel_group);
error = NULL;
if (!gtk_ui_manager_add_ui_from_string (ui_manager, ui_description, -1, &amp;error))
{
g_message ("building menus failed: %s", error-&gt;message);
g_error_free (error);
exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
}
menubar = gtk_ui_manager_get_widget ("/MainMenu");
gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (vbox), menubar, FALSE, FALSE, 0);
gtk_widget_show_all (window);
</programlisting>
</example>
</section>
</chapter>
<!--
Local variables:
mode: sgml
sgml-parent-document: ("gtk-docs.sgml" "book" "part" "chapter")
End:
-->
@@ -1,6 +1,5 @@
<chapter id="gtk-migrating-GtkFileChooser">
<chapterinfo>
<title>Migrating from GtkFileSelection to GtkFileChooser</title>
<author>
<firstname>Federico</firstname>
<surname>Mena-Quintero</surname>
@@ -12,6 +11,8 @@
</author>
</chapterinfo>
<title>Migrating from GtkFileSelection to GtkFileChooser</title>
<para>
#GtkFileChooser, starting with GTK+ 2.4, is the new set of APIs
for file selection widgets and dialogs. Previous versions of GTK+
+142
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,142 @@
<chapter id="gtk-migrating-checklist">
<title>Migration Checklist</title>
<para>
This chapter includes a checklist of things you need to do to
ensure that your programs are good citizens in the GTK+ world. By
paying attention to the points in the checklist, you ensure that
many automatic features of GTK+ will work correctly in your
program.
</para>
<section id="checklist-popup-menu">
<title>Implement GtkWidget::popup_menu</title>
<formalpara>
<title>Why</title>
<para>
By handling this signal, you let widgets have
context-sensitive menus that can be invoked with the standard
key bindings.
</para>
</formalpara>
<para>
The <link
linkend="GtkWidget-popup-menu">GtkWidget::popup_menu</link>
signal instructs the widget for which it is emitted to create a
context-sensitive popup menu. By default, the <link
linkend="gtk-bindings">key binding mechanism</link> is set to
emit this signal when the
<keycombo><keycap>Shift</keycap><keycap>F10</keycap></keycombo>
or <keycap>Menu</keycap> keys are pressed while a widget has the
focus. If a widget in your application shows a popup menu when
you press a mouse button, you can make it work as well through
the normal key binding mechanism in the following fahion:
</para>
<orderedlist>
<listitem>
<para>
Write a function to create and show a popup menu. This
function needs to know the button number and the event's
time to pass them to gtk_menu_popup(). You can implement
such a function like this:
</para>
<programlisting id="do_popup_menu">
static void
do_popup_menu (GtkWidget *my_widget, GdkEventButton *event)
{
GtkWidget *menu;
int button, event_time;
menu = gtk_menu_new ();
g_signal_connect (menu, "deactivate",
G_CALLBACK (gtk_widget_destroy), NULL);
/* ... add menu items ... */
if (event)
{
button = event->button;
event_time = event->time;
}
else
{
button = 0;
event_time = gtk_get_current_event_time ();
}
gtk_menu_popup (GTK_MENU (popup), NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL,
button, event_time);
}
</programlisting>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
In your button_press handler, call this function when you
need to pop up a menu:
</para>
<programlisting>
static gboolean
my_widget_button_press_event_handler (GtkWidget *widget, GdkEventButton *event)
{
/* Ignore double-clicks and triple-clicks */
if (event->button == 3 &amp;&amp; event->type == GDK_BUTTON_PRESS)
{
do_popup_menu (widget, event);
return TRUE;
}
return FALSE;
}
</programlisting>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
Implement a handler for the popup_menu signal:
</para>
<programlisting>
static gboolean
my_widget_popup_menu_handler (GtkWidget *widget)
{
do_popup_menu (widget, NULL);
return TRUE;
}
</programlisting>
</listitem>
</orderedlist>
<note>
<para>
If you do not pass a positioning function to gtk_menu_popup(),
it will show the menu at the mouse position by default. This
is what you usually want when the menu is shown as a result of
pressing a mouse button. However, if you press the
<keycombo><keycap>Shift</keycap><keycap>F10</keycap></keycombo>
or <keycap>Menu</keycap> keys while the widget is focused, the
mouse cursor may not be near the widget at all. In the <link
linkend="do_popup_menu">example above</link>, you may want to
provide your own <link
linkend="GtkMenuPositionFunc">menu-positioning function</link>
in the case where the <parameter>event</parameter> is
<constant>NULL</constant>. This function should compute the
desired position for a menu when it is invoked through the
keyboard. For example, <xref linkend="GtkEntry"/> aligns the
top edge of its popup menu with the bottom edge of the entry.
</para>
</note>
</section>
</chapter>
<!--
Local variables:
mode: sgml
sgml-parent-document: ("gtk-docs.sgml" "book" "part" "chapter")
End:
-->
+16 -135
View File
@@ -525,27 +525,6 @@ This is a private struct used by GTK+ internally, don't worry about it.
@object:
@signal_id:
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkAccelGroup::accel-activate ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@accelgroup: the object which received the signal.
@arg1:
@arg2:
@arg3:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkAccelGroup::accel-changed ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@accelgroup: the object which received the signal.
@arg1:
@arg2:
@arg3:
<!-- ##### ARG GtkAccelLabel:accel-object ##### -->
<para>
@@ -571,6 +550,22 @@ This is a private struct used by GTK+ internally, don't worry about it.
@old_accel_key:
@old_accel_mods:
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkAction::connect-proxy ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@action: the object which received the signal.
@widget:
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkAction::disconnect-proxy ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@action: the object which received the signal.
@widget:
<!-- ##### USER_FUNCTION GtkArgGetFunc ##### -->
<para>
Define a function pointer. Deprecated.
@@ -1086,138 +1081,24 @@ after other user handlers and the default handler.
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkSettings:gtk-can-change-accels ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkSettings:gtk-color-palette ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkSettings:gtk-cursor-blink ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkSettings:gtk-cursor-blink-time ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkSettings:gtk-dnd-drag-threshold ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkSettings:gtk-double-click-time ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkSettings:gtk-entry-select-on-focus ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkSettings:gtk-font-name ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkSettings:gtk-icon-sizes ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkSettings:gtk-icon-theme-name ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkSettings:gtk-key-theme-name ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkSettings:gtk-menu-bar-accel ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkSettings:gtk-menu-bar-popout-delay ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkSettings:gtk-menu-bar-popup-delay ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkSettings:gtk-menu-popdown-delay ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkSettings:gtk-menu-popout-delay ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkSettings:gtk-menu-popup-delay ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkSettings:gtk-menu-submenu-hysteresis ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkSettings:gtk-split-cursor ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkSettings:gtk-theme-name ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkSettings:gtk-toolbar-icon-size ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkSettings:gtk-toolbar-style ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### STRUCT GtkSettingsClass ##### -->
<para>
@@ -37,6 +37,27 @@ An object representing and maintaining a group of accelerators.
</para>
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkAccelGroup::accel-activate ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@accelgroup: the object which received the signal.
@arg1:
@arg2:
@arg3:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkAccelGroup::accel-changed ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@accelgroup: the object which received the signal.
@arg1:
@arg2:
@arg3:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_accel_group_new ##### -->
<para>
+10 -10
View File
@@ -85,6 +85,16 @@ should be accessed using the functions below.
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkAccelLabel:accel-closure ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkAccelLabel:accel-widget ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_accel_label_new ##### -->
<para>
Creates a new #GtkAccelLabel.
@@ -145,13 +155,3 @@ accelerators are added or removed from the associated widget.
@Returns: always returns %FALSE.
<!-- ##### ARG GtkAccelLabel:accel-closure ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkAccelLabel:accel-widget ##### -->
<para>
</para>
+115 -68
View File
@@ -55,6 +55,85 @@ and should not be accessed directly.
</para>
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkAction::activate ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@action: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### ARG GtkAction:action-group ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkAction:hide-if-empty ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkAction:is-important ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkAction:label ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkAction:name ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkAction:sensitive ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkAction:short-label ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkAction:stock-id ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkAction:tooltip ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkAction:visible ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkAction:visible-horizontal ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkAction:visible-vertical ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_action_new ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@name:
@label:
@tooltip:
@stock_id:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_action_get_name ##### -->
<para>
@@ -64,6 +143,42 @@ and should not be accessed directly.
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_action_is_sensitive ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@action:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_action_get_sensitive ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@action:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_action_is_visible ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@action:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_action_get_visible ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@action:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_action_activate ##### -->
<para>
@@ -179,71 +294,3 @@ and should not be accessed directly.
@accel_group:
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkAction::activate ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@action: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkAction::connect-proxy ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@action: the object which received the signal.
@widget:
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkAction::disconnect-proxy ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@action: the object which received the signal.
@widget:
<!-- ##### ARG GtkAction:hide-if-empty ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkAction:is-important ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkAction:label ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkAction:name ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkAction:sensitive ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkAction:short-label ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkAction:stock-id ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkAction:tooltip ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkAction:visible ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@@ -40,6 +40,55 @@ members and should not be accessed directly.
</para>
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkActionGroup::connect-proxy ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@actiongroup: the object which received the signal.
@arg1:
@widget:
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkActionGroup::disconnect-proxy ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@actiongroup: the object which received the signal.
@arg1:
@widget:
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkActionGroup::post-activate ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@actiongroup: the object which received the signal.
@arg1:
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkActionGroup::pre-activate ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@actiongroup: the object which received the signal.
@arg1:
<!-- ##### ARG GtkActionGroup:name ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkActionGroup:sensitive ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkActionGroup:visible ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_action_group_new ##### -->
<para>
@@ -58,6 +107,42 @@ members and should not be accessed directly.
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_action_group_get_sensitive ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@action_group:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_action_group_set_sensitive ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@action_group:
@sensitive:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_action_group_get_visible ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@action_group:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_action_group_set_visible ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@action_group:
@visible:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_action_group_get_action ##### -->
<para>
@@ -86,6 +171,16 @@ members and should not be accessed directly.
@action:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_action_group_add_action_with_accel ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@action_group:
@action:
@accelerator:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_action_group_remove_action ##### -->
<para>
+15 -15
View File
@@ -79,6 +79,21 @@ In a #GtkScrollbar this is the size of the area which is currently visible.
</para>
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkAdjustment::changed ##### -->
<para>
Emitted when one or more of the #GtkAdjustment fields have been changed,
other than the value field.
</para>
@adjustment: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkAdjustment::value-changed ##### -->
<para>
Emitted when the #GtkAdjustment value field has been changed.
</para>
@adjustment: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_adjustment_new ##### -->
<para>
Creates a new #GtkAdjustment.
@@ -153,18 +168,3 @@ changed the #GtkAdjustment value field.
@adjustment:
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkAdjustment::changed ##### -->
<para>
Emitted when one or more of the #GtkAdjustment fields have been changed,
other than the value field.
</para>
@adjustment: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkAdjustment::value-changed ##### -->
<para>
Emitted when the #GtkAdjustment value field has been changed.
</para>
@adjustment: the object which received the signal.
+40 -40
View File
@@ -34,6 +34,46 @@ be accessed using the functions below.
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkAlignment:bottom-padding ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkAlignment:left-padding ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkAlignment:right-padding ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkAlignment:top-padding ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkAlignment:xalign ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkAlignment:xscale ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkAlignment:yalign ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkAlignment:yscale ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_alignment_new ##### -->
<para>
Creates a new #GtkAlignment.
@@ -96,43 +136,3 @@ unused space, from 0 to 1. The values are similar to @xscale.
@padding_right:
<!-- ##### ARG GtkAlignment:bottom-padding ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkAlignment:left-padding ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkAlignment:right-padding ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkAlignment:top-padding ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkAlignment:xalign ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkAlignment:xscale ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkAlignment:yalign ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkAlignment:yscale ##### -->
<para>
</para>
+10 -10
View File
@@ -57,6 +57,16 @@ an application.)
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkArrow:arrow-type ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkArrow:shadow-type ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_arrow_new ##### -->
<para>
Creates a new arrow widget.
@@ -77,13 +87,3 @@ Sets the direction and style of the #GtkArrow, @arrow.
@shadow_type: a valid #GtkShadowType.
<!-- ##### ARG GtkArrow:arrow-type ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkArrow:shadow-type ##### -->
<para>
</para>
+20 -20
View File
@@ -26,6 +26,26 @@ a frame around the child. The frame will be
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkAspectFrame:obey-child ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkAspectFrame:ratio ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkAspectFrame:xalign ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkAspectFrame:yalign ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_aspect_frame_new ##### -->
<para>
Create a new #GtkAspectFrame.
@@ -63,23 +83,3 @@ to 1.0 (right aligned)
ratio is taken from the requistion of the child.
<!-- ##### ARG GtkAspectFrame:obey-child ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkAspectFrame:ratio ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkAspectFrame:xalign ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkAspectFrame:yalign ##### -->
<para>
</para>
+30 -30
View File
@@ -52,6 +52,36 @@ This is a read-only struct; no members should be modified directly.
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkButtonBox:layout-style ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkButtonBox:secondary ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkButtonBox:child-internal-pad-x ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkButtonBox:child-internal-pad-y ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkButtonBox:child-min-height ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkButtonBox:child-min-width ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### MACRO GTK_BUTTONBOX_DEFAULT ##### -->
<para>
Used internally only.
@@ -170,33 +200,3 @@ box.
@is_secondary:
<!-- ##### ARG GtkButtonBox:layout-style ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkButtonBox:secondary ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkButtonBox:child-internal-pad-x ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkButtonBox:child-internal-pad-y ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkButtonBox:child-min-height ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkButtonBox:child-min-width ##### -->
<para>
</para>
+35 -35
View File
@@ -135,6 +135,41 @@ field.</entry>
@spacing:
@homogeneous:
<!-- ##### ARG GtkBox:homogeneous ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkBox:spacing ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkBox:expand ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkBox:fill ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkBox:pack-type ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkBox:padding ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkBox:position ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### STRUCT GtkBoxChild ##### -->
<para>
The #GtkBoxChild-struct holds a child widget of GtkBox and describes
@@ -373,38 +408,3 @@ field in #GtkBoxChild-struct.
in #GtkBoxChild-struct.
<!-- ##### ARG GtkBox:homogeneous ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkBox:spacing ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkBox:expand ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkBox:fill ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkBox:pack-type ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkBox:padding ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkBox:position ##### -->
<para>
</para>
+108 -78
View File
@@ -27,6 +27,106 @@ This should not be accessed directly. Use the accessor functions below.
</para>
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkButton::activate ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@button: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkButton::clicked ##### -->
<para>
Emitted when a button clicked on by the mouse and the cursor stays on the
button. If the cursor is not on the button when the mouse button is released,
the signal is not emitted.
</para>
@button: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkButton::enter ##### -->
<para>
Emitted when the mouse cursor enters the region of the button.
</para>
@button: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkButton::leave ##### -->
<para>
Emitted when the mouse cursor leaves the region of the button.
</para>
@button: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkButton::pressed ##### -->
<para>
Emitted when the button is initially pressed.
</para>
@button: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkButton::released ##### -->
<para>
Emitted when a button which is pressed is released, no matter where the
mouse cursor is.
</para>
@button: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### ARG GtkButton:focus-on-click ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkButton:label ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkButton:relief ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkButton:use-stock ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkButton:use-underline ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkButton:xalign ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkButton:yalign ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkButton:child-displacement-x ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkButton:child-displacement-y ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkButton:default-border ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkButton:default-outside-border ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_button_new ##### -->
<para>
Creates a new #GtkButton widget. To add a child widget to the button,
@@ -202,93 +302,23 @@ Returns the current relief style of the given #GtkButton.
@Returns:
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkButton::activate ##### -->
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_button_set_alignment ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@button: the object which received the signal.
@button:
@xalign:
@yalign:
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkButton::clicked ##### -->
<para>
Emitted when a button clicked on by the mouse and the cursor stays on the
button. If the cursor is not on the button when the mouse button is released,
the signal is not emitted.
</para>
@button: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkButton::enter ##### -->
<para>
Emitted when the mouse cursor enters the region of the button.
</para>
@button: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkButton::leave ##### -->
<para>
Emitted when the mouse cursor leaves the region of the button.
</para>
@button: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkButton::pressed ##### -->
<para>
Emitted when the button is initially pressed.
</para>
@button: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkButton::released ##### -->
<para>
Emitted when a button which is pressed is released, no matter where the
mouse cursor is.
</para>
@button: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### ARG GtkButton:focus-on-click ##### -->
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_button_get_alignment ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkButton:label ##### -->
<para>
@button:
@xalign:
@yalign:
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkButton:relief ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkButton:use-stock ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkButton:use-underline ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkButton:child-displacement-x ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkButton:child-displacement-y ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkButton:default-border ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkButton:default-outside-border ##### -->
<para>
</para>
+85 -85
View File
@@ -65,6 +65,91 @@ are 0-11) while <structfield>selected_day</structfield> is one-based
</note>
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkCalendar::day-selected ##### -->
<para>
Emitted when the user selects a day.
</para>
@calendar: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkCalendar::day-selected-double-click ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@calendar: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkCalendar::month-changed ##### -->
<para>
Emitted when the user clicks a button to change the selected month on a
calendar.
</para>
@calendar: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkCalendar::next-month ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@calendar: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkCalendar::next-year ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@calendar: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkCalendar::prev-month ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@calendar: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkCalendar::prev-year ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@calendar: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCalendar:day ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCalendar:month ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCalendar:no-month-change ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCalendar:show-day-names ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCalendar:show-heading ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCalendar:show-week-numbers ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCalendar:year ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ENUM GtkCalendarDisplayOptions ##### -->
<para>
These options can be used to influence the display and behaviour of a #GtkCalendar.
@@ -191,88 +276,3 @@ gtk_calendar_freeze() are displayed.
@calendar: a #GtkCalendar.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkCalendar::day-selected ##### -->
<para>
Emitted when the user selects a day.
</para>
@calendar: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkCalendar::day-selected-double-click ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@calendar: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkCalendar::month-changed ##### -->
<para>
Emitted when the user clicks a button to change the selected month on a
calendar.
</para>
@calendar: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkCalendar::next-month ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@calendar: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkCalendar::next-year ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@calendar: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkCalendar::prev-month ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@calendar: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkCalendar::prev-year ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@calendar: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCalendar:day ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCalendar:month ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCalendar:no-month-change ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCalendar:show-day-names ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCalendar:show-heading ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCalendar:show-week-numbers ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCalendar:year ##### -->
<para>
</para>
+14 -14
View File
@@ -20,6 +20,20 @@ Interface for widgets which can are used for editing cells
</para>
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkCellEditable::editing-done ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@celleditable: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkCellEditable::remove-widget ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@celleditable: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### STRUCT GtkCellEditableIface ##### -->
<para>
@@ -55,17 +69,3 @@ Interface for widgets which can are used for editing cells
@cell_editable:
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkCellEditable::editing-done ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@celleditable: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkCellEditable::remove-widget ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@celleditable: the object which received the signal.
@@ -32,6 +32,7 @@ GtkCellLayout
@add_attribute:
@set_cell_data_func:
@clear_attributes:
@reorder:
<!-- ##### USER_FUNCTION GtkCellLayoutDataFunc ##### -->
<para>
+72 -65
View File
@@ -66,6 +66,78 @@ it cannot be individually modified.
</para>
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkCellRenderer::editing-canceled ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@cellrenderer: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCellRenderer:cell-background ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCellRenderer:cell-background-gdk ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCellRenderer:cell-background-set ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCellRenderer:height ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCellRenderer:is-expanded ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCellRenderer:is-expander ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCellRenderer:mode ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCellRenderer:visible ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCellRenderer:width ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCellRenderer:xalign ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCellRenderer:xpad ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCellRenderer:yalign ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCellRenderer:ypad ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_cell_renderer_get_size ##### -->
<para>
@@ -144,68 +216,3 @@ it cannot be individually modified.
@height:
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCellRenderer:cell-background ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCellRenderer:cell-background-gdk ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCellRenderer:cell-background-set ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCellRenderer:height ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCellRenderer:is-expanded ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCellRenderer:is-expander ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCellRenderer:mode ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCellRenderer:visible ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCellRenderer:width ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCellRenderer:xalign ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCellRenderer:xpad ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCellRenderer:yalign ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCellRenderer:ypad ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@@ -20,14 +20,6 @@ Renders a pixbuf in a cell
</para>
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_cell_renderer_pixbuf_new ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@Returns:
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCellRendererPixbuf:pixbuf ##### -->
<para>
@@ -58,3 +50,11 @@ Renders a pixbuf in a cell
</para>
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_cell_renderer_pixbuf_new ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@Returns:
@@ -20,23 +20,6 @@ Renders text in a cell
</para>
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_cell_renderer_text_new ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_cell_renderer_text_set_fixed_height_from_font ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@renderer:
@number_of_rows:
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkCellRendererText::edited ##### -->
<para>
@@ -111,6 +94,16 @@ Renders text in a cell
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCellRendererText:language ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCellRendererText:language-set ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCellRendererText:markup ##### -->
<para>
@@ -136,6 +129,11 @@ Renders text in a cell
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCellRendererText:single-paragraph-mode ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCellRendererText:size ##### -->
<para>
@@ -216,3 +214,20 @@ Renders text in a cell
</para>
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_cell_renderer_text_new ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_cell_renderer_text_set_fixed_height_from_font ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@renderer:
@number_of_rows:
@@ -20,6 +20,34 @@ Renders a toggle button in a cell
</para>
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkCellRendererToggle::toggled ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@cellrenderertoggle: the object which received the signal.
@arg1:
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCellRendererToggle:activatable ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCellRendererToggle:active ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCellRendererToggle:inconsistent ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCellRendererToggle:radio ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_cell_renderer_toggle_new ##### -->
<para>
@@ -64,31 +92,3 @@ Renders a toggle button in a cell
@setting:
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkCellRendererToggle::toggled ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@cellrenderertoggle: the object which received the signal.
@arg1:
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCellRendererToggle:activatable ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCellRendererToggle:active ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCellRendererToggle:inconsistent ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCellRendererToggle:radio ##### -->
<para>
</para>
+10 -10
View File
@@ -40,6 +40,16 @@ The important signal ('toggled') is also inherited from #GtkToggleButton.
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCheckButton:indicator-size ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCheckButton:indicator-spacing ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_check_button_new ##### -->
<para>
Creates a new #GtkCheckButton.
@@ -66,13 +76,3 @@ Creates a new #GtkCheckButton with a #GtkLabel to the right of it.
@Returns:
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCheckButton:indicator-size ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCheckButton:indicator-spacing ##### -->
<para>
</para>
+27 -27
View File
@@ -41,6 +41,33 @@ an application.)
</para>
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkCheckMenuItem::toggled ##### -->
<para>
This signal is emitted when the state of the check box is changed.
</para>
<para>
A signal handler can examine the <structfield>active</structfield>
field of the #GtkCheckMenuItem-struct struct to discover the new state.
</para>
@checkmenuitem: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCheckMenuItem:active ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCheckMenuItem:draw-as-radio ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCheckMenuItem:inconsistent ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_check_menu_item_new ##### -->
<para>
Creates a new #GtkCheckMenuItem.
@@ -148,30 +175,3 @@ Emits the GtkCheckMenuItem::toggled signal.
@Returns:
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkCheckMenuItem::toggled ##### -->
<para>
This signal is emitted when the state of the check box is changed.
</para>
<para>
A signal handler can examine the <structfield>active</structfield>
field of the #GtkCheckMenuItem-struct struct to discover the new state.
</para>
@checkmenuitem: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCheckMenuItem:active ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCheckMenuItem:draw-as-radio ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCheckMenuItem:inconsistent ##### -->
<para>
</para>
+43 -6
View File
@@ -115,6 +115,20 @@ Storing data on clipboards
@data: the @user_data supplied to gtk_clipboard_request_text().
<!-- ##### USER_FUNCTION GtkClipboardTargetsReceivedFunc ##### -->
<para>
A function to be called when the results of gtk_clipboard_request_targets()
are received, or when the request fails.
</para>
@clipboard: the #GtkClipboard
@atoms: the supported targets, as array of #GdkAtom, or %NULL
if retrieving the data failed.
@n_atoms: the length of the @atoms array.
@data: the @user_data supplied to gtk_clipboard_request_targets().
@Since: 2.4
<!-- ##### USER_FUNCTION GtkClipboardGetFunc ##### -->
<para>
A function that will be called to provide the contents of the selection.
@@ -253,6 +267,16 @@ will not be used again.
@user_data:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_clipboard_request_targets ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@clipboard:
@callback:
@user_data:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_clipboard_wait_for_contents ##### -->
<para>
@@ -269,12 +293,7 @@ will not be used again.
</para>
@clipboard:
@Returns: <!--
Local variables:
mode: sgml
sgml-parent-document: ("../gtk-docs.sgml" "book" "refsect2" "")
End:
-->
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_clipboard_wait_is_text_available ##### -->
@@ -286,3 +305,21 @@ End:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_clipboard_wait_for_targets ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@clipboard:
@targets:
@n_targets:
@Returns:
<!--
Local variables:
mode: sgml
sgml-parent-document: ("../gtk-docs.sgml" "book" "refsect2" "")
End:
-->
+191 -191
View File
@@ -22,6 +22,197 @@ only private data, and should be accessed only via the CList API.
</para>
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkCList::abort-column-resize ##### -->
<para>
This signal is emitted when a column resize is aborted.
</para>
@clist: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkCList::click-column ##### -->
<para>
This signal is emitted when a column title is clicked.
</para>
@clist: The object which received the signal.
@column: The number of the column.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkCList::end-selection ##### -->
<para>
This signal is emitted when a selection ends in a
multiple selection CList.
</para>
@clist: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkCList::extend-selection ##### -->
<para>
This signal is emitted when the selection is extended.
</para>
@clist: the object which received the signal.
@scroll_type: A #GtkScrollType value of any scrolling operation the
occured during the selection.
@position: A value between 0.0 and 1.0.
@auto_start_selection: %TRUE or %FALSE.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkCList::resize-column ##### -->
<para>
This signal is emitted when a column is resized.
</para>
@clist: The object which received the signal.
@column: The number of the column
@width: The new width of the column.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkCList::row-move ##### -->
<para>
This signal is emitted when a row is moved.
</para>
@clist: The object which received the signal.
@arg1: The source position of the row.
@arg2: The destination position of the row.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkCList::scroll-horizontal ##### -->
<para>
This signal is emitted when the CList is scrolled horizontally.
</para>
@clist: the object which received the signal.
@scroll_type: A #GtkScrollType value of how the scroll operation occured.
@position: a value between 0.0 and 1.0.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkCList::scroll-vertical ##### -->
<para>
This signal is emitted when the CList is scrolled vertically.
</para>
@clist: the object which received the signal.
@scroll_type: A #GtkScrollType value of how the scroll operation occured.
@position: A value between 0.0 and 1.0.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkCList::select-all ##### -->
<para>
This signal is emitted when all the rows are selected in a CList.
</para>
@clist: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkCList::select-row ##### -->
<para>
This signal is emitted when the user selects a row in the list.
It is emitted for every row that is selected in a multi-selection or
by calling gtk_clist_select_all().
</para>
@clist: The object which received the signal.
@row: The row selected.
@column: The column where the selection occured.
@event: A #GdkEvent structure for the selection.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkCList::set-scroll-adjustments ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@clist: the object which received the signal.
@arg1:
@arg2:
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkCList::start-selection ##### -->
<para>
This signal is emitted when a drag-selection is started in
a multiple-selection CList.
</para>
@clist: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkCList::toggle-add-mode ##### -->
<para>
This signal is emitted when "add mode" is toggled.
</para>
@clist: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkCList::toggle-focus-row ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@clist: The object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkCList::undo-selection ##### -->
<para>
This signal is emitted when an undo selection occurs in the CList,
probably via calling gtk_clist_undo_selection().
</para>
@clist: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkCList::unselect-all ##### -->
<para>
This signal is emitted when all rows are unselected in a CList.
</para>
@clist: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkCList::unselect-row ##### -->
<para>
This signal is emitted when the user unselects a row in the list.
It is emitted for every row that is unselected in a multi-selection or
by calling gtk_clist_unselect_all(). It is also emitted for the
previously selected row in a "single" or "browse" mode CList.
</para>
@clist: The object which received the signal.
@row: The selected row
@column: The column where the selection occured.
@event:
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCList:n-columns ##### -->
<para>
An integer value for a column.
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCList:reorderable ##### -->
<para>
A boolean value for determining if the user can re-order the CList's
columns.
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCList:row-height ##### -->
<para>
An integer value representing the height of a row in pixels.
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCList:selection-mode ##### -->
<para>
Sets the type of selection mode for the CList.
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCList:shadow-type ##### -->
<para>
Sets the shadowing for the CList.
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCList:sort-type ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCList:titles-active ##### -->
<para>
A boolean value for setting whether the column titles can be
clicked.
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCList:use-drag-icons ##### -->
<para>
A boolean value for setting whether to use icons during drag
operations.
</para>
<!-- ##### ENUM GtkCellType ##### -->
<para>
Identifies the type of element in the current cell of the CList. Cells can
@@ -1111,194 +1302,3 @@ aspect of the #GtkCList widget.
@adjustment: A pointer to a #GtkAdjustment widget, or NULL.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkCList::abort-column-resize ##### -->
<para>
This signal is emitted when a column resize is aborted.
</para>
@clist: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkCList::click-column ##### -->
<para>
This signal is emitted when a column title is clicked.
</para>
@clist: The object which received the signal.
@column: The number of the column.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkCList::end-selection ##### -->
<para>
This signal is emitted when a selection ends in a
multiple selection CList.
</para>
@clist: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkCList::extend-selection ##### -->
<para>
This signal is emitted when the selection is extended.
</para>
@clist: the object which received the signal.
@scroll_type: A #GtkScrollType value of any scrolling operation the
occured during the selection.
@position: A value between 0.0 and 1.0.
@auto_start_selection: %TRUE or %FALSE.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkCList::resize-column ##### -->
<para>
This signal is emitted when a column is resized.
</para>
@clist: The object which received the signal.
@column: The number of the column
@width: The new width of the column.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkCList::row-move ##### -->
<para>
This signal is emitted when a row is moved.
</para>
@clist: The object which received the signal.
@arg1: The source position of the row.
@arg2: The destination position of the row.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkCList::scroll-horizontal ##### -->
<para>
This signal is emitted when the CList is scrolled horizontally.
</para>
@clist: the object which received the signal.
@scroll_type: A #GtkScrollType value of how the scroll operation occured.
@position: a value between 0.0 and 1.0.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkCList::scroll-vertical ##### -->
<para>
This signal is emitted when the CList is scrolled vertically.
</para>
@clist: the object which received the signal.
@scroll_type: A #GtkScrollType value of how the scroll operation occured.
@position: A value between 0.0 and 1.0.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkCList::select-all ##### -->
<para>
This signal is emitted when all the rows are selected in a CList.
</para>
@clist: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkCList::select-row ##### -->
<para>
This signal is emitted when the user selects a row in the list.
It is emitted for every row that is selected in a multi-selection or
by calling gtk_clist_select_all().
</para>
@clist: The object which received the signal.
@row: The row selected.
@column: The column where the selection occured.
@event: A #GdkEvent structure for the selection.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkCList::set-scroll-adjustments ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@clist: the object which received the signal.
@arg1:
@arg2:
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkCList::start-selection ##### -->
<para>
This signal is emitted when a drag-selection is started in
a multiple-selection CList.
</para>
@clist: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkCList::toggle-add-mode ##### -->
<para>
This signal is emitted when "add mode" is toggled.
</para>
@clist: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkCList::toggle-focus-row ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@clist: The object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkCList::undo-selection ##### -->
<para>
This signal is emitted when an undo selection occurs in the CList,
probably via calling gtk_clist_undo_selection().
</para>
@clist: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkCList::unselect-all ##### -->
<para>
This signal is emitted when all rows are unselected in a CList.
</para>
@clist: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkCList::unselect-row ##### -->
<para>
This signal is emitted when the user unselects a row in the list.
It is emitted for every row that is unselected in a multi-selection or
by calling gtk_clist_unselect_all(). It is also emitted for the
previously selected row in a "single" or "browse" mode CList.
</para>
@clist: The object which received the signal.
@row: The selected row
@column: The column where the selection occured.
@event:
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCList:n-columns ##### -->
<para>
An integer value for a column.
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCList:reorderable ##### -->
<para>
A boolean value for determining if the user can re-order the CList's
columns.
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCList:row-height ##### -->
<para>
An integer value representing the height of a row in pixels.
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCList:selection-mode ##### -->
<para>
Sets the type of selection mode for the CList.
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCList:shadow-type ##### -->
<para>
Sets the shadowing for the CList.
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCList:sort-type ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCList:titles-active ##### -->
<para>
A boolean value for setting whether the column titles can be
clicked.
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCList:use-drag-icons ##### -->
<para>
A boolean value for setting whether to use icons during drag
operations.
</para>
+27 -27
View File
@@ -21,6 +21,33 @@ selection dialog to change the color. It is suitable widget for selecting a colo
</para>
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkColorButton::color-set ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@colorbutton: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### ARG GtkColorButton:alpha ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkColorButton:color ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkColorButton:title ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkColorButton:use-alpha ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_color_button_new ##### -->
<para>
@@ -110,30 +137,3 @@ selection dialog to change the color. It is suitable widget for selecting a colo
@Returns:
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkColorButton::color-set ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@colorbutton: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### ARG GtkColorButton:alpha ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkColorButton:color ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkColorButton:title ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkColorButton:use-alpha ##### -->
<para>
</para>
+28 -28
View File
@@ -25,6 +25,34 @@ and should be accessed using the functions below.
</para>
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkColorSelection::color-changed ##### -->
<para>
This signal is emitted when the color changes in the #GtkColorSelection
according to its update policy.
</para>
@colorselection: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### ARG GtkColorSelection:current-alpha ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkColorSelection:current-color ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkColorSelection:has-opacity-control ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkColorSelection:has-palette ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_color_selection_new ##### -->
<para>
@@ -258,31 +286,3 @@ time.
@color:
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkColorSelection::color-changed ##### -->
<para>
This signal is emitted when the color changes in the #GtkColorSelection
according to its update policy.
</para>
@colorselection: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### ARG GtkColorSelection:current-alpha ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkColorSelection:current-color ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkColorSelection:has-opacity-control ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkColorSelection:has-palette ##### -->
<para>
</para>
+25 -25
View File
@@ -106,6 +106,31 @@ an application.)
@entry:
@list:
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCombo:allow-empty ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCombo:case-sensitive ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCombo:enable-arrow-keys ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCombo:enable-arrows-always ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCombo:value-in-list ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_combo_new ##### -->
<para>
Creates a new #GtkCombo.
@@ -195,28 +220,3 @@ instead.
@combo: a #GtkCombo.
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCombo:allow-empty ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCombo:case-sensitive ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCombo:enable-arrow-keys ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCombo:enable-arrows-always ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCombo:value-in-list ##### -->
<para>
</para>
+78 -31
View File
@@ -20,11 +20,58 @@ GtkComboBox
</para>
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkComboBox::changed ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@combobox: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### ARG GtkComboBox:active ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkComboBox:column-span-column ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkComboBox:model ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkComboBox:row-span-column ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkComboBox:wrap-width ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkComboBox:appearance ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_combo_box_new ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@Returns:
<!-- # Unused Parameters # -->
@model:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_combo_box_new_with_model ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@model:
@Returns:
@@ -74,6 +121,25 @@ GtkComboBox
@index:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_combo_box_get_active_iter ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@combo_box:
@iter:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_combo_box_set_active_iter ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@combo_box:
@iter:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_combo_box_get_model ##### -->
<para>
@@ -83,6 +149,15 @@ GtkComboBox
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_combo_box_set_model ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@combo_box:
@model:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_combo_box_new_text ##### -->
<para>
@@ -119,40 +194,12 @@ GtkComboBox
@text:
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkComboBox::changed ##### -->
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_combo_box_remove_text ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@combobox: the object which received the signal.
@combo_box:
@position:
<!-- ##### ARG GtkComboBox:active ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkComboBox:column-span-column ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkComboBox:model ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkComboBox:row-span-column ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkComboBox:wrap-width ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkComboBox:appearance ##### -->
<para>
</para>
+25 -5
View File
@@ -20,16 +20,41 @@ GtkComboBoxEntry
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkComboBoxEntry:text-column ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_combo_box_entry_new ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@Returns:
<!-- # Unused Parameters # -->
@model:
@text_column:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_combo_box_entry_new_with_model ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@model:
@text_column:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_combo_box_entry_set_text_column ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@entry_box:
@text_column:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_combo_box_entry_get_text_column ##### -->
<para>
@@ -39,8 +64,3 @@ GtkComboBoxEntry
@Returns:
<!-- ##### ARG GtkComboBoxEntry:text-column ##### -->
<para>
</para>
+46 -46
View File
@@ -102,6 +102,52 @@ changes, use gtk_widget_child_notify().
</para>
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkContainer::add ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@container: the object which received the signal.
@widget:
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkContainer::check-resize ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@container: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkContainer::remove ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@container: the object which received the signal.
@widget:
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkContainer::set-focus-child ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@container: the object which received the signal.
@widget:
<!-- ##### ARG GtkContainer:border-width ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkContainer:child ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkContainer:resize-mode ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### MACRO GTK_IS_RESIZE_CONTAINER ##### -->
<para>
@@ -464,49 +510,3 @@ Does the same as gtk_container_get_children().
@class:
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkContainer::add ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@container: the object which received the signal.
@widget:
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkContainer::check-resize ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@container: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkContainer::remove ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@container: the object which received the signal.
@widget:
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkContainer::set-focus-child ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@container: the object which received the signal.
@widget:
<!-- ##### ARG GtkContainer:border-width ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkContainer:child ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkContainer:resize-mode ##### -->
<para>
</para>
+88 -88
View File
@@ -75,6 +75,94 @@ node.</entry>
</para>
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkCTree::change-focus-row-expansion ##### -->
<para>
The row which has the focus is either collapsed or expanded
or toggled.
</para>
@ctree: the object which received the signal.
@expansion: What is being done.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkCTree::tree-collapse ##### -->
<para>
Emitted when a node is collapsed.
</para>
@ctree: the object which received the signal.
@node:
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkCTree::tree-expand ##### -->
<para>
Emitted when a node is expanded.
</para>
@ctree: the object which received the signal.
@node:
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkCTree::tree-move ##### -->
<para>
Emitted when a node is moved.
</para>
@ctree: the object which received the signal.
@node: The node that is moved.
@new_parent: The new parent of the node.
@new_sibling: The new sibling of the node.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkCTree::tree-select-row ##### -->
<para>
Emitted when a row is selected.
</para>
@ctree: the object which received the signal.
@node: The node corresponding to the selected row.
@column: The column which was selected.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkCTree::tree-unselect-row ##### -->
<para>
Emitted when a node is unselected.
</para>
@ctree: the object which received the signal.
@node: The node corresponding to the selected row.
@column:
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCTree:expander-style ##### -->
<para>
The style of the expander buttons.
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCTree:indent ##### -->
<para>
The number of pixels to indent the tree levels.
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCTree:line-style ##### -->
<para>
The style of the lines in the tree graphic.
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCTree:n-columns ##### -->
<para>
The number of columns in the tree.
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCTree:show-stub ##### -->
<para>
FIXME
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCTree:spacing ##### -->
<para>
The number of pixels between the tree and the columns.
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCTree:tree-column ##### -->
<para>
The column in which the actual tree graphic appears.
</para>
<!-- ##### MACRO GTK_CTREE_ROW ##### -->
<para>
Used to get the #GtkCTreeRow structure corresponding to the given #GtkCTreeNode.
@@ -1163,91 +1251,3 @@ criteria etc.
@show_stub:
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkCTree::change-focus-row-expansion ##### -->
<para>
The row which has the focus is either collapsed or expanded
or toggled.
</para>
@ctree: the object which received the signal.
@expansion: What is being done.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkCTree::tree-collapse ##### -->
<para>
Emitted when a node is collapsed.
</para>
@ctree: the object which received the signal.
@node:
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkCTree::tree-expand ##### -->
<para>
Emitted when a node is expanded.
</para>
@ctree: the object which received the signal.
@node:
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkCTree::tree-move ##### -->
<para>
Emitted when a node is moved.
</para>
@ctree: the object which received the signal.
@node: The node that is moved.
@new_parent: The new parent of the node.
@new_sibling: The new sibling of the node.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkCTree::tree-select-row ##### -->
<para>
Emitted when a row is selected.
</para>
@ctree: the object which received the signal.
@node: The node corresponding to the selected row.
@column: The column which was selected.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkCTree::tree-unselect-row ##### -->
<para>
Emitted when a node is unselected.
</para>
@ctree: the object which received the signal.
@node: The node corresponding to the selected row.
@column:
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCTree:expander-style ##### -->
<para>
The style of the expander buttons.
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCTree:indent ##### -->
<para>
The number of pixels to indent the tree levels.
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCTree:line-style ##### -->
<para>
The style of the lines in the tree graphic.
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCTree:n-columns ##### -->
<para>
The number of columns in the tree.
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCTree:show-stub ##### -->
<para>
FIXME
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCTree:spacing ##### -->
<para>
The number of pixels between the tree and the columns.
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCTree:tree-column ##### -->
<para>
The column in which the actual tree graphic appears.
</para>
+35 -35
View File
@@ -48,6 +48,41 @@ should be accessed using the functions below.
</para>
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkCurve::curve-type-changed ##### -->
<para>
Emitted when the curve type has been changed.
The curve type can be changed explicitly with a call to
gtk_curve_set_curve_type(). It is also changed as a side-effect of
calling gtk_curve_reset() or gtk_curve_set_gamma().
</para>
@curve: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCurve:curve-type ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCurve:max-x ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCurve:max-y ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCurve:min-x ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCurve:min-y ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_curve_new ##### -->
<para>
Creates a new #GtkCurve.
@@ -124,38 +159,3 @@ curve will be changed as little as possible.
@type: the type of the curve.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkCurve::curve-type-changed ##### -->
<para>
Emitted when the curve type has been changed.
The curve type can be changed explicitly with a call to
gtk_curve_set_curve_type(). It is also changed as a side-effect of
calling gtk_curve_reset() or gtk_curve_set_gamma().
</para>
@curve: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCurve:curve-type ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCurve:max-x ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCurve:max-y ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCurve:min-x ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkCurve:min-y ##### -->
<para>
</para>
+38 -38
View File
@@ -140,6 +140,44 @@ as any other #GtkHButtonBox.
@vbox:
@action_area:
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkDialog::close ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@dialog: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkDialog::response ##### -->
<para>
Emitted when an action widget is clicked, the dialog receives a delete event, or
the application programmer calls gtk_dialog_response(). On a delete event, the
response ID is #GTK_RESPONSE_NONE. Otherwise, it depends on which action widget
was clicked.
</para>
@dialog: the object which received the signal.
@arg1: the response ID
<!-- ##### ARG GtkDialog:has-separator ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkDialog:action-area-border ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkDialog:button-spacing ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkDialog:content-area-border ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ENUM GtkDialogFlags ##### -->
<para>
@@ -276,41 +314,3 @@ directly, but into the @vbox and @action_area, as described above.
@setting:
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkDialog::close ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@dialog: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkDialog::response ##### -->
<para>
Emitted when an action widget is clicked, the dialog receives a delete event, or
the application programmer calls gtk_dialog_response(). On a delete event, the
response ID is #GTK_RESPONSE_NONE. Otherwise, it depends on which action widget
was clicked.
</para>
@dialog: the object which received the signal.
@arg1: the response ID
<!-- ##### ARG GtkDialog:has-separator ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkDialog:action-area-border ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkDialog:button-spacing ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkDialog:content-area-border ##### -->
<para>
</para>
+44 -44
View File
@@ -87,6 +87,50 @@ editable by the user.</entry>
</para>
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkEditable::changed ##### -->
<para>
Indicates that the user has changed the contents
of the widget.
</para>
@editable: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkEditable::delete-text ##### -->
<para>
This signal is emitted when text is deleted from
the widget by the user. The default handler for
this signal will normally be responsible for inserting
the text, so by connecting to this signal and then
stopping the signal with gtk_signal_emit_stop(), it
is possible to modify the inserted text, or prevent
it from being inserted entirely. The @start_pos
and @end_pos parameters are interpreted as for
gtk_editable_delete_text()
</para>
@editable: the object which received the signal.
@start_pos: the starting position.
@end_pos: the end position.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkEditable::insert-text ##### -->
<para>
This signal is emitted when text is inserted into
the widget by the user. The default handler for
this signal will normally be responsible for inserting
the text, so by connecting to this signal and then
stopping the signal with gtk_signal_emit_stop(), it
is possible to modify the inserted text, or prevent
it from being inserted entirely.
</para>
@editable: the object which received the signal.
@new_text: the new text to insert.
@new_text_length: the length of the new text.
@position: the position at which to insert the new text.
this is an in-out paramter. After the signal
emission is finished, it should point after
the newly inserted text.
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_editable_select_region ##### -->
<para>
Selects a region of text. The characters that
@@ -247,47 +291,3 @@ widget or not.
@Returns:
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkEditable::changed ##### -->
<para>
Indicates that the user has changed the contents
of the widget.
</para>
@editable: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkEditable::delete-text ##### -->
<para>
This signal is emitted when text is deleted from
the widget by the user. The default handler for
this signal will normally be responsible for inserting
the text, so by connecting to this signal and then
stopping the signal with gtk_signal_emit_stop(), it
is possible to modify the inserted text, or prevent
it from being inserted entirely. The @start_pos
and @end_pos parameters are interpreted as for
gtk_editable_delete_text()
</para>
@editable: the object which received the signal.
@start_pos: the starting position.
@end_pos: the end position.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkEditable::insert-text ##### -->
<para>
This signal is emitted when text is inserted into
the widget by the user. The default handler for
this signal will normally be responsible for inserting
the text, so by connecting to this signal and then
stopping the signal with gtk_signal_emit_stop(), it
is possible to modify the inserted text, or prevent
it from being inserted entirely.
</para>
@editable: the object which received the signal.
@new_text: the new text to insert.
@new_text_length: the length of the new text.
@position: the position at which to insert the new text.
this is an in-out paramter. After the signal
emission is finished, it should point after
the newly inserted text.
+125 -125
View File
@@ -31,6 +31,131 @@ The #GtkEntry-struct struct contains only private data.
</para>
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkEntry::activate ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@entry: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkEntry::copy-clipboard ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@entry: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkEntry::cut-clipboard ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@entry: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkEntry::delete-from-cursor ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@entry: the object which received the signal.
@arg1:
@arg2:
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkEntry::insert-at-cursor ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@entry: the object which received the signal.
@arg1:
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkEntry::move-cursor ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@entry: the object which received the signal.
@arg1:
@arg2:
@arg3:
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkEntry::paste-clipboard ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@entry: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkEntry::populate-popup ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@entry: the object which received the signal.
@arg1:
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkEntry::toggle-overwrite ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@entry: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### ARG GtkEntry:activates-default ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkEntry:cursor-position ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkEntry:editable ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkEntry:has-frame ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkEntry:invisible-char ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkEntry:max-length ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkEntry:scroll-offset ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkEntry:selection-bound ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkEntry:text ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkEntry:visibility ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkEntry:width-chars ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_entry_new ##### -->
<para>
Creates a new #GtkEntry widget.
@@ -283,128 +408,3 @@ use gtk_editable_set_editable() instead.
@Returns:
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkEntry::activate ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@entry: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkEntry::copy-clipboard ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@entry: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkEntry::cut-clipboard ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@entry: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkEntry::delete-from-cursor ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@entry: the object which received the signal.
@arg1:
@arg2:
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkEntry::insert-at-cursor ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@entry: the object which received the signal.
@arg1:
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkEntry::move-cursor ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@entry: the object which received the signal.
@arg1:
@arg2:
@arg3:
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkEntry::paste-clipboard ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@entry: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkEntry::populate-popup ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@entry: the object which received the signal.
@arg1:
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkEntry::toggle-overwrite ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@entry: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### ARG GtkEntry:activates-default ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkEntry:cursor-position ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkEntry:editable ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkEntry:has-frame ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkEntry:invisible-char ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkEntry:max-length ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkEntry:scroll-offset ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkEntry:selection-bound ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkEntry:text ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkEntry:visibility ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkEntry:width-chars ##### -->
<para>
</para>
+31 -29
View File
@@ -20,6 +20,34 @@ GtkEntryCompletion
</para>
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkEntryCompletion::action-activated ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@entrycompletion: the object which received the signal.
@arg1:
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkEntryCompletion::match-selected ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@entrycompletion: the object which received the signal.
@arg1:
@arg2:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### ARG GtkEntryCompletion:minimum-key-length ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkEntryCompletion:model ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### USER_FUNCTION GtkEntryCompletionMatchFunc ##### -->
<para>
@@ -45,8 +73,10 @@ GtkEntryCompletion
</para>
@entry:
@completion:
@Returns:
<!-- # Unused Parameters # -->
@entry:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_entry_completion_set_model ##### -->
@@ -142,31 +172,3 @@ GtkEntryCompletion
@column:
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkEntryCompletion::action-activated ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@entrycompletion: the object which received the signal.
@arg1:
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkEntryCompletion::match-selected ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@entrycompletion: the object which received the signal.
@arg1:
@arg2:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### ARG GtkEntryCompletion:minimum-key-length ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkEntryCompletion:model ##### -->
<para>
</para>
+10 -10
View File
@@ -23,6 +23,16 @@ should be accessed using the functions below.
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkEventBox:above-child ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkEventBox:visible-window ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_event_box_new ##### -->
<para>
Creates a new #GtkEventBox.
@@ -67,13 +77,3 @@ Creates a new #GtkEventBox.
@Returns:
<!-- ##### ARG GtkEventBox:above-child ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkEventBox:visible-window ##### -->
<para>
</para>
+65 -42
View File
@@ -21,6 +21,53 @@ the triangles used in a #GtkTreeView.
</para>
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkExpander::activate ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@expander: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### ARG GtkExpander:expanded ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkExpander:label ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkExpander:label-widget ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkExpander:spacing ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkExpander:use-markup ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkExpander:use-underline ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkExpander:expander-size ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkExpander:expander-spacing ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_expander_new ##### -->
<para>
@@ -111,6 +158,24 @@ the triangles used in a #GtkTreeView.
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_expander_set_use_markup ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@expander:
@use_markup:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_expander_get_use_markup ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@expander:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_expander_set_label_widget ##### -->
<para>
@@ -129,45 +194,3 @@ the triangles used in a #GtkTreeView.
@Returns:
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkExpander::activate ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@expander: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### ARG GtkExpander:expanded ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkExpander:label ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkExpander:label-widget ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkExpander:spacing ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkExpander:use-underline ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkExpander:expander-size ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkExpander:expander-spacing ##### -->
<para>
</para>
+3 -3
View File
@@ -79,9 +79,9 @@ about it. ;-)
</para>
@required_major:
@required_minor:
@required_micro:
@Returns:
@required_minor:
@required_micro:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### MACRO GTK_MAJOR_VERSION ##### -->
@@ -116,13 +116,11 @@ update_preview_cb (GtkFileChooser *file_chooser, gpointer data)
</note>
</refsect2>
<!-- ##### SECTION See_Also ##### -->
<para>
#GtkFileChooserDialog, #GtkFileChooserWidget
</para>
<!-- ##### STRUCT GtkFileChooser ##### -->
<para>
+15 -15
View File
@@ -140,6 +140,21 @@ The #GtkFileSelection struct contains the following #GtkWidget fields:
@button_area:
@action_area:
<!-- ##### ARG GtkFileSelection:filename ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkFileSelection:select-multiple ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkFileSelection:show-fileops ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_file_selection_new ##### -->
<para>
Creates a new file selection dialog box. By default it will contain a #GtkTreeView of the application's current working directory, and a file listing. Operation buttons that allow the user to create a directory, delete files and rename files, are also present.
@@ -220,18 +235,3 @@ Hides the file operation buttons that normally appear at the top of the dialog.
@Returns:
<!-- ##### ARG GtkFileSelection:filename ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkFileSelection:select-multiple ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkFileSelection:show-fileops ##### -->
<para>
</para>
+10 -10
View File
@@ -84,6 +84,16 @@ their positions.</entry>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkFixed:x ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkFixed:y ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### STRUCT GtkFixedChild ##### -->
<para>
The #GtkFixedChild-struct struct contains the following fields.
@@ -166,13 +176,3 @@ Moves a child of a #GtkFixed container to the given position.
@has_window:
<!-- ##### ARG GtkFixed:x ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkFixed:y ##### -->
<para>
</para>
+37 -37
View File
@@ -21,6 +21,43 @@ dialog to change the font. It is suitable widget for selecting a font in a prefe
</para>
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkFontButton::font-set ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@fontbutton: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### ARG GtkFontButton:font-name ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkFontButton:show-size ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkFontButton:show-style ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkFontButton:title ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkFontButton:use-font ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkFontButton:use-size ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_font_button_new ##### -->
<para>
@@ -147,40 +184,3 @@ dialog to change the font. It is suitable widget for selecting a font in a prefe
@Returns:
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkFontButton::font-set ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@fontbutton: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### ARG GtkFontButton:font-name ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkFontButton:show-size ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkFontButton:show-style ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkFontButton:title ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkFontButton:use-font ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkFontButton:use-size ##### -->
<para>
</para>
+15 -15
View File
@@ -43,6 +43,21 @@ only be accessed using the functions below.
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkFontSelection:font ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkFontSelection:font-name ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkFontSelection:preview-text ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_font_selection_new ##### -->
<para>
Creates a new #GtkFontSelection.
@@ -98,18 +113,3 @@ Sets the text displayed in the preview area.
@text: the text to display in the preview area.
<!-- ##### ARG GtkFontSelection:font ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkFontSelection:font-name ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkFontSelection:preview-text ##### -->
<para>
</para>
+30 -30
View File
@@ -24,6 +24,36 @@ label can be controlled with gtk_frame_set_label_align().
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkFrame:label ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkFrame:label-widget ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkFrame:label-xalign ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkFrame:label-yalign ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkFrame:shadow ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkFrame:shadow-type ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_frame_new ##### -->
<para>
Create a new Frame, with optional label @label.
@@ -115,33 +145,3 @@ Set the shadow type for the Frame widget.
@Returns:
<!-- ##### ARG GtkFrame:label ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkFrame:label-widget ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkFrame:label-xalign ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkFrame:label-yalign ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkFrame:shadow ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkFrame:shadow-type ##### -->
<para>
</para>
+47 -47
View File
@@ -77,6 +77,53 @@ child is attached or detached.</entry>
</para>
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkHandleBox::child-attached ##### -->
<para>
This signal is emitted when the contents of the
handlebox are reattached to the main window.
</para>
@handlebox: the object which received the signal.
@widget: the child widget of the handlebox.
(this argument provides no extra information
and is here only for backwards-compatibility)
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkHandleBox::child-detached ##### -->
<para>
This signal is emitted when the contents of the
handlebox are detached from the main window.
</para>
@handlebox: the object which received the signal.
@widget: the child widget of the handlebox.
(this argument provides no extra information
and is here only for backwards-compatibility)
<!-- ##### ARG GtkHandleBox:handle-position ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkHandleBox:shadow ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkHandleBox:shadow-type ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkHandleBox:snap-edge ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkHandleBox:snap-edge-set ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_handle_box_new ##### -->
<para>
Create a new handle box.
@@ -155,50 +202,3 @@ in the future.
@Returns:
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkHandleBox::child-attached ##### -->
<para>
This signal is emitted when the contents of the
handlebox are reattached to the main window.
</para>
@handlebox: the object which received the signal.
@widget: the child widget of the handlebox.
(this argument provides no extra information
and is here only for backwards-compatibility)
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkHandleBox::child-detached ##### -->
<para>
This signal is emitted when the contents of the
handlebox are detached from the main window.
</para>
@handlebox: the object which received the signal.
@widget: the child widget of the handlebox.
(this argument provides no extra information
and is here only for backwards-compatibility)
<!-- ##### ARG GtkHandleBox:handle-position ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkHandleBox:shadow ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkHandleBox:shadow-type ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkHandleBox:snap-edge ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkHandleBox:snap-edge-set ##### -->
<para>
</para>
+7 -7
View File
@@ -118,6 +118,13 @@ gtk_icon_theme_set_custom_theme().
</para>
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkIconTheme::changed ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@icontheme: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### ENUM GtkIconLookupFlags ##### -->
<para>
@@ -389,10 +396,3 @@ gtk_icon_theme_set_custom_theme().
@Returns:
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkIconTheme::changed ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@icontheme: the object which received the signal.
+50 -50
View File
@@ -108,6 +108,56 @@ below.
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkImage:file ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkImage:icon-set ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkImage:icon-size ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkImage:image ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkImage:mask ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkImage:pixbuf ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkImage:pixbuf-animation ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkImage:pixmap ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkImage:stock ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkImage:storage-type ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ENUM GtkImageType ##### -->
<para>
Describes the image data representation used by a #GtkImage. If you
@@ -359,53 +409,3 @@ Gets the #GtkImage.
@mask: a #GdkBitmap that indicates which parts of the image should be transparent.
<!-- ##### ARG GtkImage:file ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkImage:icon-set ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkImage:icon-size ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkImage:image ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkImage:mask ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkImage:pixbuf ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkImage:pixbuf-animation ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkImage:pixmap ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkImage:stock ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkImage:storage-type ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@@ -24,6 +24,11 @@ fill in the text label.
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkImageMenuItem:image ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_image_menu_item_set_image ##### -->
<para>
@@ -81,8 +86,3 @@ fill in the text label.
@Returns:
<!-- ##### ARG GtkImageMenuItem:image ##### -->
<para>
</para>
+47 -47
View File
@@ -20,6 +20,53 @@ Base class for input method contexts
</para>
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkIMContext::commit ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@imcontext: the object which received the signal.
@arg1:
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkIMContext::delete-surrounding ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@imcontext: the object which received the signal.
@arg1:
@arg2:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkIMContext::preedit-changed ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@imcontext: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkIMContext::preedit-end ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@imcontext: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkIMContext::preedit-start ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@imcontext: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkIMContext::retrieve-surrounding ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@imcontext: the object which received the signal.
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_im_context_set_client_window ##### -->
<para>
@@ -125,50 +172,3 @@ Base class for input method contexts
@Returns:
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkIMContext::commit ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@imcontext: the object which received the signal.
@arg1:
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkIMContext::delete-surrounding ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@imcontext: the object which received the signal.
@arg1:
@arg2:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkIMContext::preedit-changed ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@imcontext: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkIMContext::preedit-end ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@imcontext: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkIMContext::preedit-start ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@imcontext: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkIMContext::retrieve-surrounding ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@imcontext: the object which received the signal.
@Returns:
+8 -8
View File
@@ -43,14 +43,6 @@ immediately.
</para>
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_input_dialog_new ##### -->
<para>
Creates a new #GtkInputDialog.
</para>
@Returns: the new #GtkInputDialog.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkInputDialog::disable-device ##### -->
<para>
This signal is emitted when the user changes the
@@ -71,3 +63,11 @@ mode of a device from #GDK_MODE_DISABLED to a
@inputdialog: the object which received the signal.
@deviceid: The ID of the newly enabled device.
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_input_dialog_new ##### -->
<para>
Creates a new #GtkInputDialog.
</para>
@Returns: the new #GtkInputDialog.
+5 -5
View File
@@ -25,6 +25,11 @@ The #GtkInvisible-struct struct contains no public fields.
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkInvisible:screen ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_invisible_new ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@@ -59,8 +64,3 @@ The #GtkInvisible-struct struct contains no public fields.
@Returns:
<!-- ##### ARG GtkInvisible:screen ##### -->
<para>
</para>
+21 -21
View File
@@ -22,6 +22,27 @@ should be accessed using the functions below.
</para>
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkItem::deselect ##### -->
<para>
Emitted when the item is deselected.
</para>
@item: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkItem::select ##### -->
<para>
Emitted when the item is selected.
</para>
@item: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkItem::toggle ##### -->
<para>
Emitted when the item is toggled.
</para>
@item: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_item_select ##### -->
<para>
Emits the "select" signal on the given item.
@@ -46,24 +67,3 @@ Emits the "toggle" signal on the given item.
@item: a #GtkItem.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkItem::deselect ##### -->
<para>
Emitted when the item is deselected.
</para>
@item: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkItem::select ##### -->
<para>
Emitted when the item is selected.
</para>
@item: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkItem::toggle ##### -->
<para>
Emitted when the item is toggled.
</para>
@item: the object which received the signal.
+85 -85
View File
@@ -145,6 +145,91 @@ described below.
</para>
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkLabel::copy-clipboard ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@label: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkLabel::move-cursor ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@label: the object which received the signal.
@arg1:
@arg2:
@arg3:
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkLabel::populate-popup ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@label: the object which received the signal.
@arg1:
<!-- ##### ARG GtkLabel:attributes ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkLabel:cursor-position ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkLabel:justify ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkLabel:label ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkLabel:mnemonic-keyval ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkLabel:mnemonic-widget ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkLabel:pattern ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkLabel:selectable ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkLabel:selection-bound ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkLabel:use-markup ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkLabel:use-underline ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkLabel:wrap ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_label_new ##### -->
<para>
@@ -446,88 +531,3 @@ Gtk+ 1.0.x.
@setting:
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkLabel::copy-clipboard ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@label: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkLabel::move-cursor ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@label: the object which received the signal.
@arg1:
@arg2:
@arg3:
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkLabel::populate-popup ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@label: the object which received the signal.
@arg1:
<!-- ##### ARG GtkLabel:attributes ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkLabel:cursor-position ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkLabel:justify ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkLabel:label ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkLabel:mnemonic-keyval ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkLabel:mnemonic-widget ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkLabel:pattern ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkLabel:selectable ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkLabel:selection-bound ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkLabel:use-markup ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkLabel:use-underline ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkLabel:wrap ##### -->
<para>
</para>
+39 -39
View File
@@ -34,6 +34,45 @@ area.
@bin_window:
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkLayout::set-scroll-adjustments ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@layout: the object which received the signal.
@arg1:
@arg2:
<!-- ##### ARG GtkLayout:hadjustment ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkLayout:height ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkLayout:vadjustment ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkLayout:width ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkLayout:x ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkLayout:y ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_layout_new ##### -->
<para>
@@ -142,42 +181,3 @@ area.
@adjustment:
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkLayout::set-scroll-adjustments ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@layout: the object which received the signal.
@arg1:
@arg2:
<!-- ##### ARG GtkLayout:hadjustment ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkLayout:height ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkLayout:vadjustment ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkLayout:width ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkLayout:x ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkLayout:y ##### -->
<para>
</para>
+28 -28
View File
@@ -35,6 +35,34 @@ type.</para></listitem>
</para>
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkList::select-child ##### -->
<para>
The child @widget has just been selected.
</para>
@list: the object which received the signal.
@widget: the newly selected child.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkList::selection-changed ##### -->
<para>
The selection of the widget has just changed.
</para>
@list: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkList::unselect-child ##### -->
<para>
The child @widget has just been unselected.
</para>
@list: the object which received the signal.
@widget: the newly unselected child.
<!-- ##### ARG GtkList:selection-mode ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_list_new ##### -->
<para>
Creates a new #GtkList.
@@ -332,31 +360,3 @@ effect if a drag selection is not active.
@list: the list widget.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkList::select-child ##### -->
<para>
The child @widget has just been selected.
</para>
@list: the object which received the signal.
@widget: the newly selected child.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkList::selection-changed ##### -->
<para>
The selection of the widget has just changed.
</para>
@list: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkList::unselect-child ##### -->
<para>
The child @widget has just been unselected.
</para>
@list: the object which received the signal.
@widget: the newly unselected child.
<!-- ##### ARG GtkList:selection-mode ##### -->
<para>
</para>
+36 -36
View File
@@ -30,42 +30,6 @@ only be accessed using the functions below.
</para>
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_list_item_new ##### -->
<para>
Creates a new #GtkListitem.
</para>
@Returns: a new #GtkListItem.
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_list_item_new_with_label ##### -->
<para>
Creates a new #GtkListItem with a child label containing the given string.
</para>
@label: the string to use for the child label.
@Returns: a new #GtkListItem with a child #GtkLabel with the text set to
@label.
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_list_item_select ##### -->
<para>
Selects the item, by emitting the item's "select" signal.
Depending on the selection mode of the list, this may cause other items to
be deselected.
</para>
@list_item: a #GtkListItem.
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_list_item_deselect ##### -->
<para>
Deselects the item, by emitting the item's "deselect" signal.
</para>
@list_item: a #GtkListItem.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkListItem::end-selection ##### -->
<para>
@@ -143,3 +107,39 @@ Deselects the item, by emitting the item's "deselect" signal.
@listitem: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_list_item_new ##### -->
<para>
Creates a new #GtkListitem.
</para>
@Returns: a new #GtkListItem.
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_list_item_new_with_label ##### -->
<para>
Creates a new #GtkListItem with a child label containing the given string.
</para>
@label: the string to use for the child label.
@Returns: a new #GtkListItem with a child #GtkLabel with the text set to
@label.
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_list_item_select ##### -->
<para>
Selects the item, by emitting the item's "select" signal.
Depending on the selection mode of the list, this may cause other items to
be deselected.
</para>
@list_item: a #GtkListItem.
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_list_item_deselect ##### -->
<para>
Deselects the item, by emitting the item's "deselect" signal.
</para>
@list_item: a #GtkListItem.
+1 -1
View File
@@ -562,7 +562,7 @@ on a file descriptor.
@destroy: callback function to call with @data when the input
handler is removed, or %NULL.
@Returns: A unique id for the event source; to be used with gtk_input_remove().
@Deprecated: Use g_io_watch_full() instead.
@Deprecated: Use g_io_add_watch_full() instead.
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_input_remove ##### -->
+51 -42
View File
@@ -83,6 +83,54 @@ should be accessed using the functions below.
</para>
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkMenu::move-scroll ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@menu: the object which received the signal.
@arg1:
<!-- ##### ARG GtkMenu:tearoff-title ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkMenu:bottom-attach ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkMenu:left-attach ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkMenu:right-attach ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkMenu:top-attach ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkMenu:horizontal-offset ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkMenu:vertical-offset ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkMenu:vertical-padding ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_menu_new ##### -->
<para>
Creates a new #GtkMenu.
@@ -340,51 +388,12 @@ will be called when the menu is later detached from the widget.
@menu: the #GtkMenu being detached.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkMenu::move-scroll ##### -->
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_menu_set_monitor ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@menu: the object which received the signal.
@arg1:
@menu:
@monitor_num:
<!-- ##### ARG GtkMenu:tearoff-title ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkMenu:bottom-attach ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkMenu:left-attach ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkMenu:right-attach ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkMenu:top-attach ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkMenu:horizontal-offset ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkMenu:vertical-offset ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkMenu:vertical-padding ##### -->
<para>
</para>
+10 -10
View File
@@ -20,6 +20,16 @@ The #GtkMenuBar struct contains the following fields. (These fields should be co
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkMenuBar:internal-padding ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkMenuBar:shadow-type ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_menu_bar_new ##### -->
<para>
Creates the new #GtkMenuBar
@@ -64,13 +74,3 @@ Adds a new #GtkMenuItem to the GtkMenuBar at the position defined by @position
@position: the position in the item list where the @child is added.
<!-- ##### ARG GtkMenuBar:internal-padding ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkMenuBar:shadow-type ##### -->
<para>
</para>
+51 -51
View File
@@ -39,6 +39,57 @@ only a few are really useful.
</para>
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkMenuItem::activate ##### -->
<para>
Emitted when the item is activated.
</para>
@menuitem: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkMenuItem::activate-item ##### -->
<para>
Emitted when the item is activated, but also if the menu item has a
submenu. For normal applications, the relevant signal is "activate".
</para>
@menuitem: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkMenuItem::toggle-size-allocate ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@menuitem: the object which received the signal.
@arg1:
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkMenuItem::toggle-size-request ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@menuitem: the object which received the signal.
@arg1:
<!-- ##### ARG GtkMenuItem:arrow-spacing ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkMenuItem:horizontal-padding ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkMenuItem:selected-shadow-type ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkMenuItem:toggle-spacing ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_menu_item_new ##### -->
<para>
Creates a new #GtkMenuItem.
@@ -170,54 +221,3 @@ Sets the menu item to be right-justified. Only useful for menu bars.
@Returns:
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkMenuItem::activate ##### -->
<para>
Emitted when the item is activated.
</para>
@menuitem: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkMenuItem::activate-item ##### -->
<para>
Emitted when the item is activated, but also if the menu item has a
submenu. For normal applications, the relevant signal is "activate".
</para>
@menuitem: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkMenuItem::toggle-size-allocate ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@menuitem: the object which received the signal.
@arg1:
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkMenuItem::toggle-size-request ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@menuitem: the object which received the signal.
@arg1:
<!-- ##### ARG GtkMenuItem:arrow-spacing ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkMenuItem:horizontal-padding ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkMenuItem:selected-shadow-type ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkMenuItem:toggle-spacing ##### -->
<para>
</para>
+57 -49
View File
@@ -41,6 +41,55 @@ an application.)
</para>
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkMenuShell::activate-current ##### -->
<para>
An action signal that activates the current menu item within the menu
shell.
</para>
@menushell: the object which received the signal.
@force_hide: if TRUE, hide the menu after activating the menu item.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkMenuShell::cancel ##### -->
<para>
An action signal which cancels the selection within the menu shell.
Causes the GtkMenuShell::selection-done signal to be emitted.
</para>
@menushell: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkMenuShell::cycle-focus ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@menushell: the object which received the signal.
@arg1:
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkMenuShell::deactivate ##### -->
<para>
This signal is emitted when a menu shell is deactivated.
</para>
@menushell: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkMenuShell::move-current ##### -->
<para>
An action signal which moves the current menu item in the direction
specified by @direction.
</para>
@menushell: the object which received the signal.
@direction: the direction to move.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkMenuShell::selection-done ##### -->
<para>
This signal is emitted when a selection has been completed within a menu
shell.
</para>
@menushell: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_menu_shell_append ##### -->
<para>
Adds a new #GtkMenuItem to the end of the menu shell's item list.
@@ -117,6 +166,14 @@ Activates the menu item within the menu shell.
after the menu item is activated.
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_menu_shell_cancel ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@menu_shell:
<!-- ##### ENUM GtkMenuDirectionType ##### -->
<para>
An enumeration representing directional movements within a menu.
@@ -153,52 +210,3 @@ An enumeration representing directional movements within a menu.
@GTK_MENU_DIR_NEXT:
@GTK_MENU_DIR_PREV:
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkMenuShell::activate-current ##### -->
<para>
An action signal that activates the current menu item within the menu
shell.
</para>
@menushell: the object which received the signal.
@force_hide: if TRUE, hide the menu after activating the menu item.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkMenuShell::cancel ##### -->
<para>
An action signal which cancels the selection within the menu shell.
Causes the GtkMenuShell::selection-done signal to be emitted.
</para>
@menushell: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkMenuShell::cycle-focus ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@menushell: the object which received the signal.
@arg1:
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkMenuShell::deactivate ##### -->
<para>
This signal is emitted when a menu shell is deactivated.
</para>
@menushell: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkMenuShell::move-current ##### -->
<para>
An action signal which moves the current menu item in the direction
specified by @direction.
</para>
@menushell: the object which received the signal.
@direction: the direction to move.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkMenuShell::selection-done ##### -->
<para>
This signal is emitted when a selection has been completed within a menu
shell.
</para>
@menushell: the object which received the signal.
+18 -9
View File
@@ -64,6 +64,21 @@ You might do a non-modal #GtkMessageDialog as follows:
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkMessageDialog:buttons ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkMessageDialog:message-type ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkMessageDialog:message-border ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ENUM GtkMessageType ##### -->
<para>
The type of message being displayed in the dialog.
@@ -116,18 +131,12 @@ then call gtk_dialog_add_buttons().
@Returns:
<!-- ##### ARG GtkMessageDialog:buttons ##### -->
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_message_dialog_set_markup ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkMessageDialog:message-type ##### -->
<para>
@message_dialog:
@str:
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkMessageDialog:message-border ##### -->
<para>
</para>
+20 -20
View File
@@ -60,6 +60,26 @@ in pixels.</entry>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkMisc:xalign ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkMisc:xpad ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkMisc:yalign ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkMisc:ypad ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_misc_set_alignment ##### -->
<para>
Sets the alignment of the widget.
@@ -102,23 +122,3 @@ in pixels.
@ypad:
<!-- ##### ARG GtkMisc:xalign ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkMisc:xpad ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkMisc:yalign ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkMisc:ypad ##### -->
<para>
</para>
+151 -145
View File
@@ -36,6 +36,151 @@ will be a popup menu allowing the users to switch pages.
</para>
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkNotebook::change-current-page ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@notebook: the object which received the signal.
@arg1:
<!-- # Unused Parameters # -->
@Returns:
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkNotebook::focus-tab ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@notebook: the object which received the signal.
@arg1:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkNotebook::move-focus-out ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@notebook: the object which received the signal.
@arg1:
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkNotebook::select-page ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@notebook: the object which received the signal.
@arg1:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkNotebook::switch-page ##### -->
<para>
Emitted when the user or a function changes the current page.
</para>
@notebook: the object which received the signal.
@page: the new current page
@page_num: the index of the page
<!-- ##### ARG GtkNotebook:enable-popup ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkNotebook:homogeneous ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkNotebook:page ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkNotebook:scrollable ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkNotebook:show-border ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkNotebook:show-tabs ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkNotebook:tab-border ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkNotebook:tab-hborder ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkNotebook:tab-pos ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkNotebook:tab-vborder ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkNotebook:menu-label ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkNotebook:position ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkNotebook:tab-expand ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkNotebook:tab-fill ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkNotebook:tab-label ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkNotebook:tab-pack ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkNotebook:has-backward-stepper ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkNotebook:has-forward-stepper ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkNotebook:has-secondary-backward-stepper ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkNotebook:has-secondary-forward-stepper ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### STRUCT GtkNotebookPage ##### -->
<para>
The #GtkNotebookPage is an opaque implementation detail of #GtkNotebook.
@@ -56,6 +201,7 @@ The #GtkNotebookPage is an opaque implementation detail of #GtkNotebook.
@notebook:
@child:
@tab_label:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_notebook_append_page_menu ##### -->
@@ -66,6 +212,7 @@ The #GtkNotebookPage is an opaque implementation detail of #GtkNotebook.
@child:
@tab_label:
@menu_label:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_notebook_prepend_page ##### -->
@@ -75,6 +222,7 @@ The #GtkNotebookPage is an opaque implementation detail of #GtkNotebook.
@notebook:
@child: the
@tab_label:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_notebook_prepend_page_menu ##### -->
@@ -85,6 +233,7 @@ The #GtkNotebookPage is an opaque implementation detail of #GtkNotebook.
@child:
@tab_label:
@menu_label:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_notebook_insert_page ##### -->
@@ -95,6 +244,7 @@ The #GtkNotebookPage is an opaque implementation detail of #GtkNotebook.
@child:
@tab_label:
@position:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_notebook_insert_page_menu ##### -->
@@ -106,6 +256,7 @@ The #GtkNotebookPage is an opaque implementation detail of #GtkNotebook.
@tab_label:
@menu_label:
@position:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_notebook_remove_page ##### -->
@@ -409,148 +560,3 @@ gtk_notebook_set_current_page() instead.
@page_num:
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkNotebook::change-current-page ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@notebook: the object which received the signal.
@arg1:
<!-- # Unused Parameters # -->
@Returns:
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkNotebook::focus-tab ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@notebook: the object which received the signal.
@arg1:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkNotebook::move-focus-out ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@notebook: the object which received the signal.
@arg1:
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkNotebook::select-page ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@notebook: the object which received the signal.
@arg1:
@Returns:
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkNotebook::switch-page ##### -->
<para>
Emitted when the user or a function changes the current page.
</para>
@notebook: the object which received the signal.
@page: the new current page
@page_num: the index of the page
<!-- ##### ARG GtkNotebook:enable-popup ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkNotebook:homogeneous ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkNotebook:page ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkNotebook:scrollable ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkNotebook:show-border ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkNotebook:show-tabs ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkNotebook:tab-border ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkNotebook:tab-hborder ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkNotebook:tab-pos ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkNotebook:tab-vborder ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkNotebook:menu-label ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkNotebook:position ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkNotebook:tab-expand ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkNotebook:tab-fill ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkNotebook:tab-label ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkNotebook:tab-pack ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkNotebook:has-backward-stepper ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkNotebook:has-forward-stepper ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkNotebook:has-secondary-backward-stepper ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### ARG GtkNotebook:has-secondary-forward-stepper ##### -->
<para>
</para>
+14 -14
View File
@@ -98,6 +98,20 @@ The object itself. You should never use these members directly -
</para>
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkObject::destroy ##### -->
<para>
Signals that all holders of a reference to the #GtkObject should release
the reference that they hold. May result in finalization of the object
if all references are released.
</para>
@object: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### ARG GtkObject:user-data ##### -->
<para>
</para>
<!-- ##### MACRO GTK_OBJECT_TYPE ##### -->
<para>
Gets the type of an object.
@@ -497,17 +511,3 @@ Useless deprecated macro. Ignore it.
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkObject::destroy ##### -->
<para>
Signals that all holders of a reference to the #GtkObject should release
the reference that they hold. May result in finalization of the object
if all references are released.
</para>
@object: the object which received the signal.
<!-- ##### ARG GtkObject:user-data ##### -->
<para>
</para>
+27 -27
View File
@@ -24,33 +24,6 @@ Base class for text-editing widgets
@selection_end_pos:
@has_selection:
<!-- ##### USER_FUNCTION GtkTextFunction ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@editable:
@time_:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_old_editable_claim_selection ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@old_editable:
@claim:
@time_:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_old_editable_changed ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@old_editable:
<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkOldEditable::activate ##### -->
<para>
@@ -163,3 +136,30 @@ Base class for text-editing widgets
</para>
<!-- ##### USER_FUNCTION GtkTextFunction ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@editable:
@time_:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_old_editable_claim_selection ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@old_editable:
@claim:
@time_:
<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_old_editable_changed ##### -->
<para>
</para>
@old_editable:

Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show More